DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840_Level 2

DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840_Level 2
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/
TRV740E/TRV840
RMT-814
SERVICE MANUAL
LEVEL
2
US Model
Canadian Model
DCR-TRV740/TRV840
AEP Model
Ver 1.0 2002. 03
Revision History
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Photo : DCR-TRV740E
M2000 MECHANISM
Australian Model
Hong Kong Model
Chinese Model
East European Model
North European Model
Russian Model
DCR-TRV740E
E Model
DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
Korea Model
DCR-TRV740
Tourist Model
DCR-TRV740/TRV740E
Argentina Model
DCR-TRV840
Link
SPECIFICATIONS
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
SERVICE NOTE
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ADJUSTMENTS
DISASSEMBLY
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
REPAIR PARTS LIST
• For INSTRUCTION MANUAL, refer to separate file (992993871.pdf).
• For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the “8mm Video MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL IX
M2000 MECHANISM ” (9-929-861-11).
• The DCR-TRV740E uses two types of 2.5 inch LCD. For identification of the 2.5 inch LCD, see “SECTION 5.
1-5-1. LCD Type Check”.
• The DCR-TRV840 uses two types of the type SO or type CA LCD. For identification of the type SO or type CA
LCD, see “SECTION 5. 1-5-1. LCD Type Check”.
On the VC-278 board
This service manual provides the information that is premised the circuit board replacement service and not intended repair
inside the VC-278 board.
Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board, waveforms, mounted parts location and electrical parts list of the VC-278
board are not shown.
The following pages are not shown.
Schematic diagram ............................. Pages 4-23 to 4-72
Mounted parts location ............................. Pages 4-97 to 4-98
Printed wiring board ............................ Pages 4-87 to 4-90
Electrical parts list ................................... Pages 6-17 to 6-25
Waveforms ........................................... Pages 4-93 to 4-95
DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
COVER
SPECIFICATIONS
Video camera
recorder
System
Video recording system
2 rotary heads
Helical scanning system
Audio recording system
Rotary heads, PCM system
Quantization: 12 bits (Fs 32 kHz,
stereo 1, stereo 2), 16 bits
(Fs 48 kHz, stereo)
Video signal
DCR-TRV740/TRV840:
NTSC color, EIA standards
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E:
PAL colour, CCIR standards
Recommended cassette
Hi8/Digital8 video cassette
Recording/playback time
DCR-TRV740/TRV840:
(using 120 min. Hi8 video cassette)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E:
(using 90 min. Hi8 video cassette)
SP mode: 1 hour
LP mode: 1 hour and 30 minutes
Fast-forward/rewind time
DCR-TRV740/TRV840:
(using 120 min. Hi8 video cassette)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E:
(using 90 min. Hi8 video cassette)
Approx. 5 min.
Viewfinder
Electric Viewfinder, Monochrome
Image device
DCR-TRV740/TRV840:
4.5 mm (1/4 type) CCD
(Charge Coupled Device)
Gross: Approx. 1 070 000 pixels
Effective: Approx. 690 000 pixels
(Camera mode)
Approx. 1 000 000 pixels
(Memory mode)
DCR-TRV738E:
3.8 mm (1/4.7 type) CCD
(Charge Coupled Device)
Gross: Approx. 1 070 000 pixels
Effective: Approx. 690 000 pixels
(Camera mode)
Approx. 1 000 000 pixels
(Memory mode)
DCR-TRV740E:
3.8 mm (1/4.7 type) CCD
(Charge Coupled Device)
Gross: Approx. 1 070 000 pixels
Effective (still):
Approx. 1 000 000 pixels
Effective (moving):
Approx. 690 000 pixels
Lens
Combined power zoom lens
Filter diameter 37 mm (1 1/2 in.)
15× (Optical), 420× (Digital)
Focal length
3.6 - 54 mm (5/32 - 2 1/4 in.)
When converted to a 35 mm still
camera
Camera mode:
48 - 720 mm (1 15/16 - 28 3/8 in.)
Memory mode:
40 - 600 mm (1 5/8 - 23 5/8 in.)
Color temperature
Auto
Minimum illumination
7 lx (lux) (F1.6)
0 lx (lux) (in the NightShot mode)*
* Objects unable to be seen due to
the dark can be shot with
infrared lighting.
Input/output
connectors
DCR-TRV738E:
S video output
DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840:
S video input/output
4-pin mini DIN
Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p,
75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced
DCR-TRV740/TRV840:
Chrominance signal: 0.286 Vp-p,
75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E:
Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p,
75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced
DCR-TRV738E:
Audio/Video output
DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840:
Audio/Video input/output
AV MINIJACK, 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω
(ohms), unbalanced, sync negative
327 mV, (at output impedance
more than 47 kΩ (kilohms))
Output impedance with less than
2.2 kΩ (kilohms)/Stereo minijack
(ø 3.5 mm)
DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840:
Input impedance more than 47 kΩ
(kilohms)
Headphone jack
Stereo minijack (ø 3.5 mm)
USB jack
mini-B
LANC jack
Stereo mini-minijack (ø 2.5 mm)
MIC jack
Stereo minijack (ø 3.5 mm)
DCR-TRV738E:
DV output
DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840:
DV input/output
4-pin connector
LCD screen
Picture
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E:
6.2 cm (2.5 type)
50.3 × 37.4 mm (2 × 1 1/2 in.)
DCR-TRV840:
8.8 cm (3.5 type)
72.2 × 50.4 mm (2 7/8 × 2 in.)
Total dot number
For NTSC models and European
models:
123 200 (560 × 220)
For other countries models of
DCR-TRV740E:
61 600 (280 × 220)
General
Battery pack
Power requirements
Maximum output voltage
7.2 V (battery pack)
DC 8.4 V
8.4 V (AC power adaptor)
Mean output voltage
Average power consumption
DC 7.2 V
(when using the battery pack)
Capacity
During camera recording using
8.5 wh (1 180 mAh)
LCD
Operating temperature
DCR-TRV738E:
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
3.4 W
Dimensions (approx.)
DCR-TRV740:
38.2 × 20.5 × 55.6 mm
4.3 W
(1 9/16 × 13/16 × 2 1/4 in.)
DCR-TRV740E:
(w/h/d)
4.2 W
Mass (approx.)
DCR-TRV840:
76 g (2.7 oz)
4.5 W
Type
Viewfinder
Lithium ion
DCR-TRV740/TRV840:
3.5 W
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E:
“Memory Stick”
3.4 W
Operating temperature
Memory
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Flash memory
Recommended charging
8MB: MSA-8A
temperature
Operating voltage
10°C to 30°C (50°F to 86°F)
2.7 – 3.6 V
Storage temperature
Power consumption
–20°C to + 60°C (–4°F to + 140°F)
Approx. 45 mA in the operating
Dimensions (approx.)
mode
207 × 101 × 85 mm
Approx. 130 µA in the standby
(8 1/4 × 4 × 3 3/8 in.)
mode
Mass (approx.)
Dimensions (approx.)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E:
50 × 2.8 × 21.5 mm
900 g (1 lb 15 oz)
(2 × 1/8 × 7/8 in.) (w/h/d)
DCR-TRV840:
Mass (approx.)
930 g (2 lb)
4 g (0.14 oz)
excluding the battery pack,
cassette, lens cap and shoulder
Design and specifications are
strap
subject to change without notice.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E:
1 040 g (2 lb 4 oz)
DCR-TRV840:
1 070 g (2 lb 5 oz)
including the battery pack
(NP-FM50), 120min. Hi8 cassette
(DCR-TRV740/TRV840), 90min.
Hi8 cassette (DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E),
lens cap and shoulder strap
Supplied accessories
See page 4.
AC power adaptor
Power requirements
100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
23 W
Output voltage
DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.5 A in the
operating mode
Operating temperature
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to + 60°C (–4°F to + 140°F)
Dimensions (approx.)
125 × 39 × 62 mm
(5 × 1 9/16 × 2 1/2 in. ) (w/h/d)
excluding projecting parts
Mass (approx.)
280 g (9.8 oz)
excluding power cord
—2—
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUBLISHED BY SONY.
ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT
À LA SÉCURITÉ!
LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFÉS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LES
DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT
CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE
REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈSES SONY
DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU
DANS LES SUPPÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY.
CAUTION :
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes
and bridges.
Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.
Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
recommend their replacement.
Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C
during repairing.
• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.
Unleaded solder
Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.
(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with
the lead free mark due to their particular size.)
: LEAD FREE MARK
Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.
• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than
ordinary solder.
Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be
applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.
Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to
about 350°C.
Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the
heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!
• Strong viscosity
Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than
ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such
as on IC pins, etc.
• Usable with ordinary solder
It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may
also be added to ordinary solder.
—3—
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
• SUPPLIED ACCESSORIES
Make sure that the following accessories are supplied with your camcorder.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
qa
qs
qd
1 Wireless Remote Commander (1)
9 “Memory Stick” (1)
2 AC-L10A/L10B/L10C AC power
adaptor (1), Power cord (1)
3 NP-FM50 battery pack (1)
0 CD-ROM (USB Driver) (1)
SPVD (I) : US, CND models
SPVD : For other models
4 Size AA (R6) battery for Remote
Commander (2)
qa 21-pin adaptor (1)
For European models only
5 A/V connecting cable (1.5m)(1)
qs 2-pin conversion adaptor (1)
DCR-TRV740: JE model/
DCR-TRV740E: JE model only
qd 2-pin conversion adaptor (1)
DCR-TRV740: E/
TRV740E: E, HK models only
6 Shoulder strap (1)
7 Lens cap (1)
8 USB cable (1)
Table for difference of function
Model
DCR-TRV738E DCR-TRV740
Destination
Color System
size
AEP
US, CND, E,
KR, JE
PAL
DCR-TRV740E
AEP, EE, NE,
RU
NTSC
E, AUS, HK,
JE, CH
DCR-TRV840
US, CND, E,
AR
NTSC
3.5 inch
PAL
2.5 inch
pixel
123k
61k
123κ
61k
123k
type
SH
SO
SH
SO
SO or CA
LCD
VTR REC
✕
• Abbreviation
CND : Canadian model
KR : Korea model
JE : Tourist model
AUS : Australian model
HK : Hong Kong model
CH : Chinese model
EE : East European model
NE : North European model
RU : Russian model
AR : Argentina model
a
Remark
type SH and CA:
with PD-156 board
type SO: with PD-160 board
a : with REC button
• The DCR-TRV740E uses two types of 2.5 inch LCD. For identification
of the 2.5 inch LCD, see “SECTION 5. 1-5-1. LCD Type Check”.
• The DCR-TRV840 uses two types of the type SO or type CA LCD. For
identification of the type SO or type CA LCD, see “SECTION 5. 1-5-1.
LCD Type Check”.
—4—
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
SERVICE NOTE
• CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-2500)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-11
• PD-156 (1/2)(LCD DRIVER, BACKLIGHT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-13
• PD-156 (2/2)(DRIVER, TIMING GENERATOR)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-15
• PD-160 (1/2)(CHA, DISPLAY DRIVE, BACK LIGHT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-17
• PD-160 (2/2)(LCD DRIVE, TG)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-19
• LS-057 (S/T REEL SENSOR), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR),
FP-299 (MODE SWITCH), FP-300 (TAPE TOP),
FP-302 (TAPE END), FP-301 (TAPE LED) FLEXIBLE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ·························· 4-21
• FP-410 FLEXIBLE,
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-1380)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-21
1-1. SERVICE NOTE ····························································· 1-1
1.
POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS ·························· 1-1
2.
TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT
(FORCE EJECT) ····························································· 1-1
1-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ···································· 1-2
1.
Self-diagnosis Function ··················································· 1-2
2.
Self-diagnosis Display ····················································· 1-2
3.
Service Mode Display ····················································· 1-2
3-1. Display Method ······························································· 1-2
3-2. Switching of Backup No. ················································ 1-2
3-3. End of Display ································································· 1-2
4.
Self-diagnosis Code Table ··············································· 1-3
2.
DISASSEMBLY
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
2-12.
2-13.
2-14.
2-15.
2-16.
2-17.
2-18.
2-19.
2-20.
2-21.
2-22.
2-23.
2-24.
2-25.
2-26.
2-27.
2-28.
2.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -1 ············· 2-2
2.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -2 ············· 2-3
3.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -1 ············· 2-4
3.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -2 ············· 2-4
BACK LIGHT ································································· 2-5
FRONT PANEL SECTION ············································· 2-6
SI-032 BOARD ······························································· 2-6
MICROPHONE ······························································· 2-7
CABINET (R) SECTION ··············································· 2-8
LENS SECTION ····························································· 2-9
CD-358 BOARD ····························································· 2-9
IRIS FLEXIBLE ASSEMBLY ······································ 2-10
EVF SECTION ······························································ 2-11
LB-076 BOARD -1 ······················································· 2-11
LB-076 BOARD -2 ······················································· 2-12
BATTERY PANEL SECTION ······································ 2-13
BATTERY TERMINAL BOARD ································· 2-13
MEMORY STICK 10P CONNECTOR ························ 2-14
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-1380) ···················· 2-14
CABINET (L) SECTION ·············································· 2-15
CS FRAME ASSEMBLY (25) ······································ 2-15
VC-278 BOARD ··························································· 2-16
MECHANISM DECK ··················································· 2-16
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-2500) ··················· 2-19
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2500) ··················· 2-19
HINGE SECTION ························································· 2-20
CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ································· 2-21
FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION ······························ 2-22
3.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
3-8.
3-9.
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/6) ··························· 3-1
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/6) ··························· 3-3
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/6) ··························· 3-5
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/6) ··························· 3-7
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (5/6) ··························· 3-9
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/6) ························· 3-11
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3) ······························ 3-13
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3) ······························ 3-15
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3) ······························ 3-17
4.
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2) ······················· 4-1
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2) ······················· 4-3
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
• CD-358 (CCD IMAGER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-7
• LB-076 (EVF, BACK LIGHT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-8
• SI-032 (STEADY SHOT, LASER LINK),
FP-411 FLEXIBLE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-9
Shematic diagram of the VC-278 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-23 to 4-72 are not shown.
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
• CD-358 (CCD IMAGER)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-73
• LB-076 (EVF, BACK LIGHT)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-74
• SI-032 (STEADY SHOT, LASER LINK)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-75
• FP-411 FLEXIBLE BOARD ····································· 4-76
• LS-057 (S/T REEL SENSOR), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR),
FP-299 (MODE SWITCH), FP-300 (TAPE TOP),
FP-302 (TAPE END), FP-301 (TAPE LED)
FLEXIBLE BOARDS ··································· 4-77
• FP-410 FLEXIBLE BOARD ····································· 4-78
• PD-156 (LCD DRIVER, BACKLIGHT, DRIVER,
TIMING GENERATOR)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-79
• PD-160 (CHA, DISPLAY DRIVE, BACK LIGHT, LCD
DRIVE, TG)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-83
• FP-412 FLEXIBLE BOARD ····································· 4-86
Printed wiring board of the VC-278 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-87 to 4-90 are not shown.
4-4. WAVEFORMS ······························································ 4-91
Waveforms of the VC-278 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-93 to 4-95 are not shown.
4-5. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION ································· 4-96
Mounted parts location of the VC-278 board is not shown.
Pages from 4-97 to 4-98 are not shown.
5.
ADJUSTMENTS
1.
Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards ·· 5-2
5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT ··························· 5-4
1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
(CAMERA SECTION) ··················································· 5-4
1-1-1. List of Service Tools ························································ 5-4
1-1-2. Preparations ····································································· 5-5
1-1-3. Precaution ········································································ 5-7
1.
Setting the Switch ···························································· 5-7
2.
Order of Adjustments ······················································ 5-7
—5—
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3.
Subjects ··········································································· 5-7
1-2. INITIALIZATION OF 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F
PAGE DATA ···································································· 5-8
1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF A, D PAGE DATA ······················ 5-9
1.
Initializing the A, D Page Data ········································ 5-9
2.
Modification of A, D Page Data ······································ 5-9
3.
A Page Table ···································································· 5-9
4.
D Page Table ·································································· 5-10
1-2-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, 1B PAGE DATA ·················· 5-11
1.
Initializing the B, 1B Page Data ···································· 5-11
2.
Modification of B, 1B Page Data ·································· 5-11
3.
Loader writing inhibit mode setting ······························ 5-11
4.
B Page Table ·································································· 5-11
5.
1B Page Table ································································ 5-11
1-2-3. INITIALIZATION OF 8, C, 1C PAGE DATA ·············· 5-12
1.
Initializing the 8, C, 1C Page Data ································ 5-12
2.
Modification of 8, C, 1C Page Data ······························ 5-12
3.
8 Page Table ··································································· 5-13
4.
C Page Table ·································································· 5-13
5.
1C Page Table ································································ 5-15
1-2-4. INITIALIZATION OF E, F, 1E, 1F PAGE DATA ········ 5-16
1.
Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data ·························· 5-16
2.
Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data ························· 5-16
3.
E Page Table ·································································· 5-17
4.
F Page Table ·································································· 5-18
5.
1E Page Table ································································ 5-19
6.
1F Page Table ································································ 5-19
1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ························ 5-20
1.
HALL Adjustment ························································· 5-20
2.
Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box) ······· 5-21
3.
Flange Back Adjustment (Using Flange Back Adjustment
Chart and Subject More Than 500m Away) ·················· 5-22
3-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1) ·········································· 5-22
3-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2) ·········································· 5-22
4.
Flange Back Check ························································ 5-23
5.
Mechanical Shutter Adjustment ···································· 5-23
6.
Black Defective CCD Adjustment ································· 5-24
7.
Picture Frame Setting ···················································· 5-24
8.
Color Reproduction Adjustment ···································· 5-25
9.
Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input ··········· 5-26
10. Auto White Balance Adjustment ··································· 5-27
11. White Balance Check ···················································· 5-28
12. Steady Shot Check ························································· 5-29
1-4. ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT ····························································· 5-30
1.
VCO Adjustment (VC-278 board) ································ 5-30
2.
RGB AMP Adjustment (VC-278 board) ······················· 5-31
3.
Contrast Adjustment (VC-278 board) ··························· 5-31
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ··································· 5-32
1-5-1. LCD Type Check ··························································· 5-32
1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PD-156 board) ········· 5-33
1.
VCO Adjustment (PD-156 board) ································· 5-33
2.
RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-156 board) ························ 5-33
3.
Contrast Adjustment (PD-156 board) ···························· 5-34
4.
COM AMP Adjustment (PD-156 board) ······················· 5-34
5.
V-COM Adjustment (PD-156 board) ···························· 5-35
6.
White Balance Adjustment (PD-156 board) ·················· 5-35
1-5-3. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PD-160 board) ········· 5-36
1.
VCO Adjustment (PD-160 board) ································· 5-36
2.
PSIG Gray Adjustment (PD-160 board) ························ 5-36
3.
RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-160 board) ························ 5-37
4.
Black Limit Adjustment (PD-160 board) ······················ 5-37
5.
Contrast Adjustment (PD-160 board) ···························· 5-38
6.
Center Level Adjustment (PD-160 board) ····················· 5-38
7.
V-COM Adjustment (PD-160 board) ···························· 5-39
8.
White Balance Adjustment (PD-160 board) ·················· 5-39
5-2. MECHANISM SECTION ADJUSTMENT ·················· 5-40
2-1. Hi8/STANDARD 8 MODE ··········································· 5-40
2-1-1. OPERATING WITHOUT CASSETTE ························ 5-40
2-1-2. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT ········································ 5-40
1.
Preparations for Adjustment ·········································· 5-40
2-2. DIGITAL8 MODE ························································ 5-41
2-2-1. HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT
CASSETTE ··································································· 5-41
2-2-2. HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE WITHOUT
CASSETTE ··································································· 5-41
2-2-3. OVERALL TAPE PATH CHECK ································· 5-41
1.
Recording of the tape path check signal ························ 5-41
2.
Tape path check ····························································· 5-41
5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENT ······························ 5-42
3-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS ············ 5-42
3-1-1. Equipment to Required ·················································· 5-42
3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting ··············································· 5-43
3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors ···················································· 5-44
3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment ············································ 5-44
3-1-5. Alignment Tape ····························································· 5-45
3-1-6. Input/output Level and Impedance ································ 5-46
3-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ········ 5-47
1.
Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F Page
Data ··············································································· 5-47
2.
Serial No. Input ····························································· 5-47
2-1. Company ID Input ························································· 5-47
2-2. Serial No. Input ····························································· 5-47
3-3. SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ··············· 5-49
1.
REEL FG Adjustment (VC-278 board) ························· 5-49
2.
PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-278 board) ·············· 5-49
3.
Switching Position Adjustment (VC-278 board) ··········· 5-50
4.
AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment ········· 5-50
4-1. Preparations before adjustments ···································· 5-50
4-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-278 board) ··········· 5-50
4-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-278 board) ···················· 5-51
4-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments ···················· 5-51
5.
PLL f0 & LPF f0 Fine Adjustment (VC-278 board) ······ 5-52
6.
Hi8/Standard8 Switching Position Adjustment
(VC-278 board) ····························································· 5-52
7.
CAP FG Duty Adjustment (VC-278 board) ·················· 5-53
3-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ····························· 5-54
1.
54MHz/66MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment
(VC-278 board) ····························································· 5-54
2.
S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-278 board) ··· 5-54
3.
S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment
(VC-278 board) ····························································· 5-55
4.
VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-278 board) 5-55
5.
Hi8/Standard8 Y/C Output Level Setting
(VC-278 board) ····························································· 5-56
6.
Hi8/standard 8mm AFC f0 Adjustment (VC-278 board) · 5-56
3-5. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ···························· 5-57
1.
Hi8/Standard8 AFM BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-278 board) · 5-57
2.
Hi8/Standard8 AFM 1.5 MHz Deviation Adjustment
(VC-278 board) ····························································· 5-58
3.
Hi8/Standard8 AFM 1.7 MHz Deviation Adjustment
(VC-278 board) ····························································· 5-58
4.
Digital8 Playback Level Check ····································· 5-58
5.
Overall Level Characteristics Check ····························· 5-58
6.
Overall Distortion Check ··············································· 5-58
7.
Overall Noise Level Check ············································ 5-59
8.
Overall Separation Check ·············································· 5-59
5-4. SERVICE MODE ·························································· 5-60
4-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER ················ 5-60
1.
Using the Adjustment Remote Commander ·················· 5-60
2.
Precautions Upon Using the Adjustment Remote
Commander ··································································· 5-60
4-2. DATA PROCESS ··························································· 5-61
4-3. SERVICE MODE ·························································· 5-62
—6—
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1.
2.
2-1.
2-2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Setting the Test Mode ···················································· 5-62
Emergence Memory Address ········································ 5-62
EMG Code (Emergency Code) ····································· 5-62
MSW Code ···································································· 5-63
Bit Value Discrimination ··············································· 5-64
Switch check (1) ···························································· 5-64
Switch check (2) ···························································· 5-64
Switch check (3) ···························································· 5-65
Switch check (4) ···························································· 5-65
Record of Use check (1) ················································ 5-65
Record of Use check (2) ················································ 5-66
Record of Self-diagnosis check ····································· 5-66
6.
REPAIR PARTS LIST
6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································ 6-1
6-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ····················································· 6-1
6-1-2. CABINET (L) SECTION-1 ············································ 6-2
6-1-3. CABINET (L) SECTION-2 ············································ 6-3
6-1-4. LENS, EVF SECTION ···················································· 6-4
6-1-5. CABINET (R) SECTION ··············································· 6-5
6-1-6. LCD SECTION (2.5 INCH LCD MODEL)
(TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E) ······································ 6-6
6-1-7. LCD SECTION (3.5 INCH LCD MODEL) (TRV840) ·· 6-7
6-1-8. CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY, DRUM ASSY ··· 6-8
6-1-9. LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY ······························· 6-9
6-1-10. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1 ·· 6-10
6-1-11. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2 ·· 6-11
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ········································ 6-12
Parts list of the VC-278 board are not shown.
Pages from 6-17 to 6-25 are not shown.
* Color reproduction frame are shown on page 181.
—7—
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
SECTION 1
SERVICE NOTE
COVER
1-1. SERVICE NOTE
1.
POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS
In this unit, about 10 seconds after power is supplied (8.4V) to the battery terminal using the service power code (J-6082-223-A), the power
is shut off so that the unit cannot operate.
These following two methods are available to prevent this. Take note of which to use during repairs.
Method 1.
Use the DC IN terminal. (Use the AC power adaptor.)
Method 2.
Connect the adjustment remote commander RM-95 (J-6082-053-B) to the LANC jack, and set the HOLD switch to the “ADJ” side.
2.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)
Refer to 2-6. to remove the front panel section.
Refer to 2-9. to remove the cabinet (upper) section.
Refer to 2-9. to remove the cabinet (R) section.
Refer to 2-10. to remove the lens section.
Refer to 2-13. to remove the EVF section.
Refer to 2-16. to remove the battery panel section.
Refer to 2-19. and 2-21. to remove the cabinet (L) section. (Include the CS frame assembly and control switch block (SS-1380).)
Disconnect CN4401 (2P) of VC-278 board.
Add +5V from the DC POWER SUPPLY and unload with a pressing the cassette compertment.
0 Pull the timing belt in the direction of
arrow A with a pincette while pressing
the cassette compartment (take care
not to damage) to adjust the bending
of a tape.
Pincette
A
Timing belt
Press the cassette compartment not
to rise the cassette compartment
qa Let your hold the cassette
compartment and rise the cassette
compartment to take out a cassette.
Timing belt
DC power supply
(+5V)
Adjust the bending
of a tape
Loading
motor
Disconnect CN4401 of
VC-278 board
1-1
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1.
Self-diagnosis Function
2.
When problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagnosis
function starts working, and displays on the viewfinder or Display
window what to do. This function consists of two display; selfdiagnosis display and service mode display.
Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instruction
manual.
Viewfinder
Self-diagnosis Display
When problems occur while the unit is operating, the counter of the
viewfinder or Display window shows a 4-digit display consisting
of an alphabet and numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character
display indicates the “repaired by:”, “block” in which the problem
occurred, and “detailed code” of the problem.
Display window
C : 3 1 : 11
C:31:11
Blinks at 3.2Hz
C
31
11
Display window
Repaired by:
C : Corrected by customer
H : Corrected by dealer
E : Corrected by service
engineer
3.
Detailed Code
Block
Refer to page 1-3 and 1-4.
Indicates the appropriate
Self-diagnosis Code Table.
step to be taken.
E.g.
31 ....Reload the tape.
32 ....Turn on power again.
Service Mode Display
The service mode display shows up to six self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.
3-1.
Display Method
While pressing the “STOP” key, set the switch from OFF to “VTR or PLAYER”, and continue pressing the “STOP” key for 5 seconds
continuously. The service mode will be displayed, and the counter will show the backup No. and the 5-character self-diagnosis codes.
Viewfinder
Display window
3 C : 3 1 : 11
[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1
Lights up
[3]
Backup No.
C:31:11
Self-diagnosis Codes
Control dial
Order of previous errors
3-2.
Switching of Backup No.
By rotating the control dial, past self-diagnosis codes will be shown in order. The backup No. in the [] indicates the order in which the
problem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the number of problems which occurred will be shown.)
[1] : Occurred first time
[4] : Occurred fourth time
[2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time
[3] : Occurred third time
[6] : Occurred the last time
3-3.
End of Display
Turning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.
Note: The “self-diagnosis display” data will be kept even if lithium battery (CF-2500 block BT001 of cabinet (R) assembly) is
removed.
1-2
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4.
Self-diagnosis Code Table
Repaired by:
Self-diagnosis Code
Block
Detailed
Function
Code
Symptom/State
C
C
C
0
2
2
4
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
C
3
1
1
0
C
3
1
1
1
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
0
1
2
3
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
C
3
2
1
0
C
3
2
1
1
C
3
2
2
0
C
3
2
2
1
C
3
2
2
2
T reel fault.
C
3
2
2
3
S reel fault.
C
3
2
3
0
FG fault when starting capstan.
C
3
2
3
1
FG fault during normal capstan
operations.
C
3
2
4
0
FG fault when starting drum.
C
3
2
4
1
PG fault when starting drum.
C
3
2
4
2
C
3
2
4
3
C
3
2
4
4
Correction
Non-standard battery is used.
Condensation.
Video head is dirty.
LOAD direction. Loading does not
complete within specified time
UNLOAD direction. Loading does not
complete within specified time
T reel side tape slacking when unloading.
S reel side tape slacking when unloading.
T reel fault.
S reel fault.
FG fault when starting capstan.
FG fault during normal capstan operations.
FG fault when starting drum.
PG fault when starting drum.
FG fault during normal drum operations.
PG fault during normal drum operations.
Phase fault during normal drum operations.
LOAD direction loading motor timeout.
UNLOAD direction loading motor
time-out.
T reel side tape slacking when
unloading.
S reel side tape slacking when
unloading.
FG fault during normal drum
operations.
PG fault during normal drum
operations.
Phase fault during normal drum
operations.
1-3
Use the InfoLITHIUM battery.
Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour.
Clean with the optional cleaning cassette.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
Repaired by:
Self-diagnosis Code
Block
Detailed
Function
Code
Symptom/State
E
6
1
0
0
Difficult to adjust focus
(Cannot initialize focus.)
E
6
1
1
0
Zoom operations fault
(Cannot initialize zoom lens.)
E
6
2
0
0
E
6
2
0
1
Correction
Inspect the lens block focus reset sensor (Pin qs of CN1551 of
VC-278 board) when focusing is performed when the focus ring is
rotated in the focus manual mode and the focus motor drive circuit
(IC1555 of VC-278 board) when the focusing is not performed.
Inspect the lens block zoom reset sensor (Pin qa of CN1551 of
VC-278 board) when zooming is performed when the zoom switch
is operated and the zoom motor drive circuit (IC1555 of VC-278
board) when zooming is not performed.
Handshake correction function does not
work well. (With pitch angular velocity
sensor output stopped.)
Handshake correction function does not
work well. (With yaw angular velocity
sensor output stopped.)
1-4E
Inspect pitch angular velocity sensor (SE301 of SE-032 board)
peripheral circuits.
Inspect yaw angular velocity sensor (SE302 of SE-032 board)
peripheral circuits.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
COVER
The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.
2-1. 2.5 inch LCD unit, PD-156/160 board -1
2-2. 2.5 inch LCD unit, PD-156/160 board -2
PD-156/160 board service position
2-3. 3.5 inch LCD unit, PD-156/160 board -1
2-4. 3.5 inch LCD unit, PD-156/160 board -2
PD-156/160 board service position
2-5. Back light
2-6. Front panel section
2-7. SI-032 board
SI-032 board service position
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-8. Microphone
2-9. Cabinet (R) section
CD-358 boards service position
2-10. Lens section
2-24. Control switch block (CF-2500)
2-11. CD-358 board
2-25. Control switch block (FK-2500)
2-12. Iris flexible assembly
2-26. Hinge section
2-13. EVF section
2-14. LB-076 board -1
LB-076 boards service position
2-15. LB-076 board -2
2-16. Battery panel section
2-17. Battery terminal board
2-18. Memory Stick 10P Connector
2-19. Control switch block (SS-1380)
2-20. Cabinet (L) section
2-21. CS frame assembly (25)
Service position to check the VTR section
2-22. VC-278 board
Service position to check the camera section
2-23. Mechanism deck
2.5 inch LCD model : TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E
3.5 inch LCD model : TRV840
2-1
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
[CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENTS]
CN1108
1
20
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
CPC-13 jig
(J-6082-443-A)
CPC lid (BT)
MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
AC power
adaptor
AC IN
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. 2.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -1
NOTE: PD-156 board : TRV738E/TRV740E (AEP,EE,NE,RU)
PD-160 board : TRV740/TRV740E (E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
Refer to page 5-32 for 1-5-1. “LCD Type Check” of this manual for the detail.
1 Four tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)
6 Claw
HK
AUS
CH
JE
EE
NE
RU
: Hong Kong model
: Australian model
: Chinese model
: Tourist model
: East European model
: North European model
: Russian model
7 Indication LCD block assembly,
LCD holder, Back light
5 Claw
2 Two
claws
3 P cabinet (C (2))
A
4 Reversed the LCD unit
in the direction of the arrow A.
2-2
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-2. 2.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -2
NOTE: PD-156 board : TRV738E/TRV740E (AEP,EE,NE,RU)
PD-160 board : TRV740/TRV740E (E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
Refer to page 5-32 for 1-5-1. “LCD Type Check” of this manual for the detail.
1 Two tapping screws
(B1.7 × 6)
7 P screw (M1.7 × 2.5)
8 Remove the PD-156/160 board
in the direction of the arrow A.
6/1
-15
PD oard
B
60
A
9 P frame (2)
3 Two claws
7 Claw
6 Back light
(Cold cathode
fluorescent tube)
5 Liquid crystal
indicator module
2 LCD insulating
sheet (SH)
4 Liquid crystal
indicator module
(TRV738E/
TRV740E : AEP,EE,NE,RU)
4 P cabinet (M) (2) assembly
(TRV740/
TRV740E : E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
HK
AUS
CH
JE
EE
NE
RU
[PD-156/160 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]
: Hong Kong model
: Australian model
: Chinese model
: Tourist model
: East European model
: North European model
: Russian model
LANC jack
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
Indication LCD block assembly
CN5502
60
6/1
-15
PD oard
B
DC IN
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
Multi CPC jig
(J-6082-311-A)
PD-156/160
board
Liquid crystal indicator module
Back light (Cold cathode fluorescent tube)
2-3
AC IN
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-3. 3.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -1
NOTE: 3.5 inch LCD model is TRV840 only.
Refer to page 5-32 for 1-5-1. “LCD Type Check” of this manual for the detail.
1 Four tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)
6 Claw
7 LCD block assembly,
LCD holder, Back light
5 Claw
2 Two
claws
2 Two
claws
A
3 P cabinet (C) (3) assembly
4 Reversed the LCD unit
in the direction of the arrow A.
2-4. 3.5 INCH LCD UNIT, PD-156/160 BOARD -2
NOTE: 3.5 inch LCD model is TRV840 only.
Refer to page 5-32 for 1-5-1. “LCD Type Check” of this manual for the detail.
3 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), p
A
B
9 Remove the PD-156/160 board
in the direction of the arrow C.
60
6/1
-15 rd
D
P oa
B
C
q; P frame (2)
8 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), p
4 Claw
7 Back light
(Cold cathode fluorescent tube)
2 Screw
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
6 Liquid crystal
indicator module
A
1 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), p
B
5 P cabinet (M) (2) assembly
2-4
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
[PD-156/160 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]
LANC jack
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
Indication LCD block assembly
CN5502
60
6/1
-15
PDBoard
Multi CPC jig
(J-6082-311-A)
DC IN
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
PD-156/160
board
AC IN
Liquid crystal indicator module
Back light (Cold cathode fluorescent tube)
2-5. BACK LIGHT
5 Remove the indication LCD block assembly
in the direction of the arrow B.
3 Push this point to
remove the two
claws.
B
Two claws
4 Four claws
7 Remove the back light, flexible flat cable (FP-414)
in the direction of the arrow C to D.
1 Indication LCD
block assembly (20P)
6 Two claws
2 FP-414 flexible
board (4P)
qa Back light
D
C
8 LCD holder
q; FP-414
flexible board
2-5
9 Remove
the two
solderings.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-6. FRONT PANEL SECTION
5 Claw
Remove it while taking
care as the FP-406 flexible
cable is connected.
Caution
When removing Front panel section, do not
press down the drum of mechanism deck.
The drum of
mechanism deck.
1
4 Two MI screws
(M2 × 4) (H)
Push the eject knob in
the direction of the arrow A,
and open the cassette lid.
7 Front panel section
A
6 FP-406 flexible
board (30P)
2 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
3 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
2-7. SI-032 BOARD
4 Remove the FP-411 flexible board
in the direction of the arrow B.
3 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
2 Two tapping screws
(M1.7 × 5)
B
1 Cushion (1), F
5 Microphone (4P)
7 SI-032 board
6 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
2-6
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
[SI-032 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
DC IN
FP-411 flexible
board
FP-406 flexible
board (30P)
SI-032 board
2-8. MICROPHONE
8 Front panel
assembly (24)
5 Microphone
7 Microphone
Cushion (F)
6 Microphone
holder
3 Two claws
4 Microphone retainer
2 Sheet microphone
1 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
Caution
Microphone retainer (rear view)
Microphone
holder
Microphone
When removing it, be careful not
to damage the harnesses, etc.
2-7
AC IN
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-9. CABINET (R) SECTION
1 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
qs Two MI screws
(M2 × 4) (H)
2 Three claws
qa Three MI screws
(M2 × 4) (H)
3 Cabinet
(upper)
q; Three MI screws
(M2 × 4) (H)
7 Claw
9 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
5 Claw
6 Jack cover retainer
8 Jack cover
4 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
qd Night-Shot switch of
Lens device (LSV-740A)
qf Control switch block
(CF-2500) (22P)
qg Harness
(PD-117) (20P)
2-8
qh Cabinet (R) block
section
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-10.LENS SECTION
2 FP-317 flexible
board (24P)
1 Two screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
4 Lens section
3 Iris (IR740) (24P)
2-11.CD-358 BOARD
2 Two tapping
screws (B1.7 × 6)
1 FP-317 flexible
board (24P)
7 CD-358 board
6 CCD block assembly
5 Remove the solderings
4 Seal rubber (W)
3 Optical filter block
8Lens device (LSV-740A)
2-9
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
[CD-358 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]
CD-358 board
DC IN
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
Control switch block
(CF-2500) (22P)
LANC jack
FP-411 flexible
board
Harness
(PD-117) (20P)
SI-032 board
FP-406 flexible
board (30P)
Cabinet (R) block section
2-12.IRIS FLEXIBLE ASSEMBLY
8 Two tapping screws
(B1.7 × 3.5), head
6 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 5)
3 Remove the eight
solderings
B
1 Two tapping
screws (M1.7 × 5)
B
A
4 Stepping
motor Z740A
(Zoom)
q;
9 Iris (IR740)
A
5 Stepping
motor F740A
(Focus)
2 Two tapping
screws (M1.7 × 5)
7 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
2-10
AC IN
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-13.EVF SECTION
5 EVF section
Caution
Routing of the flexible board of
the Operation FP-407 flexible board
when attaching the EVF section.
2 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
A
A
4
1 FP-407 flexible
board (20P)
3 Three screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
2-14.LB-076 BOARD -1
6 EVF cabinet
(upper) assembly
5 Claw
PRECAUTION WHEN ATTACHING
FP-407 FLEXIBLE BOARD
VF hinge assembly
9 FP-407 flexible
board (20P)
q; LB-076 board,
VF lens (B) assembly,
etc.
FP-407
flexible board
7
Fix the FP-407 flexible board to VF hinge assembly
with the both-sided adhesive tape.
8 EVF cabinet
(lower) assembly
Caution
1 Pull of the
adhesive side.
Routing of the flexible board of the
Operation FP-407 flexible board when
attaching the EVF cabinet (lower)
assembly.
A
4 Four tapping
screws
(M1.7 × 5)
2 Slide the lower plate of
VF hinge assembly in
the arrow A strongly.
3 Two tapping
screws (M1.7 × 5)
2-11
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-15.LB-076 BOARD -2
1 Two claws
4 LCD (LCX032AP-5)
(16P)
2 Two claws
9 VF lens (B) assembly
8 LCD
(LCX032AP-5)
7 Prism sheet
5 LB-076 board
6 Illuminator
3 Lamp guide
[LB-076 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]
CPC-13 jig
(J-6082-443-A)
DC IN
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
AC IN
FP-407 flexible
board (20P)
Control switch block
(CF-2500) (22P)
LB-076 board
LANC jack
FP-411 flexible
board
SI-032 board
Harness
(PD-117) (20P)
FP-406 flexible
board (30P)
Cabinet (R) block section
2-12
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-16.BATTERY PANEL SECTION
6 Two MI screws
(M2 × 4) (H)
5 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
7 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
8
A
9 Battery panel
section
A
1 Tape (A)
3 FP-409 flexible
board (10P)
2 Ferrite bead
4 Battery terminal
board (6P)
2-17.BATTERY TERMINAL BOARD
2 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
6 Battery terminal board
1 Jack lid
(2500)
4
3
5 Strap sheet
metal (lower)
2-13
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-18.MEMORY STICK 10P CONNECTOR
8 Memory stick 10p connector
7 MS holder
6 Two screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
5 FP-409 flexible board
(10P)
3
4 MS section
1 Screw
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
2 Two screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
2-19.CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-1380)
Caution
Push the eject knob in
the direction of the arrow A,
and open the cassette lid.
Routing of the flexible board of the
Operation Control switch block (SS-1380).
A
6
4 Two dowels
VC
Bo -27
ar 8
d
B
8 Remove the control switch block
(SS-1380) in the direction
of the arrow B.
7 Two dowels
3 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), p
5 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
1 Tape (A)
2 Control switch block
(SS-1380) (12P)
2-14
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-20.CABINET (L) SECTION
1 Screw
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
PRECAUTION DURING
CABINET (L) SECTION INSTALLATION
2 Screw
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
9 Cabinet (L)
section
OK
NG
3 Claw
A
A
5 External (hot shoe) connector,
Shoe frame
4 FP-264 flexible
board (15P)
8 Four
dowels
7 Screw
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
8
-27
VCard
Bo
6 Two screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
2-21.CS FRAME ASSEMBLY (25)
5 Cabinet (L) assembly
2 Two MI screws (M2 × 4) (H)
1 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
4 Grip belt (ES)
6 CS frame assembly (25)
3 Two MI screws (M2 × 4) (H)
2-15
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-22.VC-278 BOARD
Caution
8 SHEET (25) 2, M
Attach the Sheet (25) 2, M so that Sheet (25) 2, M
does not overlap with Capacitor and Vibrator,
when attach the Sheet (25) 2, M to the VC-278 board.
E
D
C
A
B
5
CD
9 VC-278
board
CAPACITOR
VIBRATOR
SHEET (25), M
E
B
A
VC-278 board
Side B
8
-27
VCard
Bo
7 VC sheet
4 Two screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
2 Screw
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
3 FP-410
flexible board
6 FP-264 flexible
board (20P)
1 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
2-23.MECHANISM DECK
V
B Co 27
a 8
rd
1 Turn over VC-278 board
in the direction of the arrow.
5 MD frame
4
6 Mechanism
deck
3 Three dowels
2 Three screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
2-16
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION]
Cnnection to Check the VTR Section
To check the VTR section, set the VTR to the “Forced VTR power ON” mode.
Operate the VTR functions using the adjustment remote commander (with the HOLD switch set in the OFF position).
Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode
Exiting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02 and
press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press
the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Note : If the machine malfunctions (the operating mode changes by itself), connect the Cabinet (R) section.
How to raise the cassette
compartment manually
Battery panel
section
(Raise the hook in the direction of the arrow A.)
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
A
AC IN
DC IN
Battery terminal
board (6P)
CPC-13 jig
(J-6082-443-A)
CN1108
V
B Co 2
a 7
rd 8
Mechanism deck
VC-278
board
CN1109
2
FP-406 flexible
board (30P)
FP-410
flexible board
FP-411
flexible board
To eject the cassette, short the circuit
between pin qs and pin 2 (GND) of
CN1109 on VC-276 board for 1 second.
12
LANC
jack
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
SI-032 board
2-17
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CAMERA SECTION]
Connection to Check the Camera Section
To check the camera section, set the camera to the “Forced camera power ON” mode.
When you want to operate to focus, use the controls on the remote commander (with the HOLD switch off).
When you want to operate to zoom, connect the controls switch block (SS-1380).
Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode
Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01 and
press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press
the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander.
4) Select page : 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Battery panel
section
Control switch block
(SS-1380) (12P)
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
DC IN
Mechanism deck
Battery terminal
board (6P)
FP-317 flexible
board (16P)
CD-358 board
V
B Co 2
a 7
rd 8
Lens section
VC-278
board
Iris flexible
assembly (24P)
FP-411
flexible board
FP-406 flexible
board (30P)
FP-410
flexible board
LANC
jack
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
SI-032 board
2-18
AC IN
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-24.CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-2500)
3 Control switch block
(FK-2500) (5P)
8 Control switch block
(CF-2500)
1 MI screw
(M2 × 4) (H)
6 Five tapping screws
(B2 × 5)
5 Harness (PD-117)
(6P)
Caution
6 Three tapping screws
(B2 × 5)
Routing of the harness (PD-117) .
7 Claw
2 Tripod retainer,
Tripod screw (Y)
Harness
(PD-117)
4 Tape (A)
Tape (A)
2-25.CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2500)
3 Control switch block
(FK-2500)
Caution
2 Peel off the
adhesive side.
Routing of the flexible board of the
Operation Control switch block (FK-2500).
1 Control switch block
(FK-2500) (5P)
2-19
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-26.HINGE SECTION
REMOVING THE HINGE ASSEMBLY
1 Harness
(PD-117)
(6, 20P)
Caution
Remove the Harness (PD-117)
in the direction of the arrow A.
2 FP-412 flexible
board (6P)
A
Then bend the harness so that it is laid along
with the connector.
2 Hinge cover (C)
7 Hinge
assembly
2 Hinge
assembly
1 Two claws
1 Harness
(PD-117)
3 Hinge
cover (M)
5 Claw
4 Two screws
(M1.7 × 2.5), p
6 FP-412 flexible board
7 For removing the LCD unit
(See page 2-2 to 2-3 (2.5 inch LCD model),
2-4(3.5 inch LCD model))
6 Four tapping
screws (B2 × 5)
2 Harness
(PD-117) (6P)
5 Ornamental ring (2) assembly
4 Two claws
Caution
3 Two tapping
screws (B2 × 5)
Routing of the harness (PD-117) .
Harness
(PD-117)
1 Tape (A)
Tape (A)
2-20
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-27.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
LB-076
CD-358
SI-032
VC-278
PD-156 (TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU/
TRV840)
PD-160 (TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/
TRV840)
NAME
CD-358
LB-076
PD-156/160
SI-032
VC-278
FUNCTION
CCD IMAGER
EVF BACK LIGHT
CHA, DISPLAY DRIVE, BACK LIGHT/LCD DRIVE, TG
STEADY SHOT, LASER LINK
CAMERA, VIDEO, DV INTERFACE, CAMERA/MECHA/HI CONTROL, AUDIO,
D/D CONVERTER
HK
AUS
CH
JE
EE
NE
RU
2-21
: Hong Kong model
: Australian model
: Chinese model
: Tourist model
: East European model
: North European model
: Russian model
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-28.FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION
The flexible boards contained in the mechanism deck and that in the lens device are not shown.
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(FK-2500)
FP-407
FP-264
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(CF-2500)
FP-411
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(SS-1380)
FP-317
FP-409
FP-412
IRIS FLEXIBLE
ASSEMBLY
FP-406
FP-410
2-22E
FP-414
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
COVER
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Link
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/6)
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/6)
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3)
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/6)
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3)
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/6)
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (5/6)
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/6)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/6)
CD-358 BOARD
VC-278 BOARD(1/5)
LENS UNIT
(1/25)
IRIS
IC551
M904
ZOOM MOTOR
CCD
IMAGER
IRIS
METER
M
ZOOM
RESET
SENSOR
IC552
CN1501
S/H
M905
FOCUS MOTOR
M
NIGHT
SHOT
IC1502
FOCUS
RESET
SENSOR
11
13 14
M
H
8
1
4
5
4
10 12
15
16
19
20
18
1
10
9
6
5
7
24
1
SHD, SHP, SLPDM
V1-V4,RG,H1,H2
17
8
11 12
10
7
1
ZOOM
A,B,XA,XB
ZM RST
FC RST
XNS SW
5
4
23
FOCUS
A,B,XA,XB
20 24
ZOOM
MOTOR
DRIVE
5 8
1
(1/2) FOCUS
MOTOR
DRIVE
9 12
IC1555
HALL
AMP
IRIS
DRIVE
8
12
EN0
DIR0A
DIR0B
HALL
AD
X1501
NTSC:66MHz
PAL:54MHz
38 42
IC1551
IC1553
(3/25)
EN1
DIR1A
DIR1B
IRIS DRIVE(-)
10
14 18
IC1555
18
IRIS
HALL(+)
CK CONT
(IC4501)
(2/2)
(3/25)
SHUTTER
DRIVE
2 4
IRIS PWM
(3/25)
30
31
(1/25)
17
16
22
CAM CS
(IC4501)
AGC
21
PBLK
MF PHOTO
SENSOR
FOCUS
RING
34 36
24
ADCK
ADCK
PB C RF
29
26
MF A,B
SE301
LIA1
PITCH SENSOR
SE302
YAW SENSOR
L,R
J302
MIC
(PLUG IN
POWER)
L,R
12
13
9
10
LIA2
1
3
97
8
24
12
7
PITCH/YAW
SENSOR
AMP
MIC
R
EXT MIC L,R
INT MIC L,R
SHOE MIC L
13
MECHA HD,VD
TBC VD
YAW AD
SIRCS SIG
1
33
3
12
19
CN1103
L
36
48
R
AS DATA
IC6002
8
11
R
6
4
CN1101
IR ON
SIRCS PWM
6
STB ON
(19/25)
XCS AU1
(IC4501)
23
4
49
213
2
6
IC3603
1 TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(2/6)
(PAGE 3-3)
Y
C
L,R
3
2
7
8
L,R
15
16
Y0-Y7
C0-C7
C0-C7
42
38
37
36
34
AFCK
31
68
SPCK
(IC1401)
66 64 63
AUDIO
A/D CONV.
D/A CONV.
4
5
Y0-Y7
49
65
IC5702
AUDIO
IN/OUT
59
52
VIDEO
A/D
CONV.
(19/25)
HD,VD,OE
HD,VD,OE
RXD,TXD
XCS IC3603
(IC4501)
DATA TO SFD
DATA FROM SFD
SFD BCK
AS DATA
8
9
12
VD SO,VD SI,VD SCK
MCLK
55
56
RF AGC OUT (PB Y RF)
HI8/STD8
PB AUDIO
PROCESS
14
26
AFM FSC(IC2201)
PB C RF
PB RF
PB RF (PB AFM RF)
Y
C
Y
C
7
SHOE MIC L
DOP
(IC3201)
XCS IC3701
(IC4501)
D1118
9
(15/25)
9
11
L
IR L,R
77
51
(12/25)
IC5701
64
3
57
58
SP+,- 49
51
2
V
INTELLIGENT
ACCESSORY
SHOE(1/2)
AUDIO
A/D CONV.
3
2
4
C
13
63
2
CN1104
Y
J201(2/2)
AUDIO/VIDEO
22 MIC L,R
14
35
1
MCLK
J201(1/2)
S VIDEO
HP L,R 52
54
IC5801
18
CN304
(FLEXIBLE)
C
VSP SO,VSP SI,XVSP SCK
MIC
AMP
D301,302
(IR EMITTER)
IC301
REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
12
11
25
24
15
14
XCS IC2201
(IC4501)
(PAGE 3-7)
VD SO,VD SI,VD SCK
19
20
6
7
16
17
CN302
FP-410(1/3)
ATF IN
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(4/6)
Y
(20/25)
98
158
20 22
R
3
q;
PITCH AD
18
CK CONT
(IC4501)
66
67
(21/25)
SI-032 BOARD
(1/2)
L
1
RF AGC OUT
MF A,B
MIC901
MIC
L
VCO
PITCH AD,YAW AD
5
101
SHUTTER ON
EXT STROBO
MECHA HD
MECHA VD
93 TBC VD
94
53
IRIS PWM,HALL AD
FC RST,ZM RST
X NS SW
30
28
26
SPCK
(IC1401)
95
CAM SO,CAM SCK
2
VCK
(IC1601)
81
(2/25)
VD SO,VD SI,VD SCK
SHUTTER ON
IC2001
HI8/STD8
PB Y/C
PROCESS
ATF
79
HD, VD, FLD
XCS CH,CH SO,XCH SCK
1
5
(HEADPHONES)
AFM FSC
CAM SO 2
SCK 1
3
185
Y
33
34
35
30
ADCK
198
IC2201
CHCK
25
196
187
AD4-AD13
46 45 44
VD SO,VD
SO,VD SI,VD
SI,VD SCK
SCK
VD
(FLEXIBLE)
J301
HD,VD, FLD
16
CN301
FP-411(1/2)
AD0-AD13
AD0-AD13
PB
19
TIMING
GENERATOR
EXT STROBO
PH301,302
47
48
1
A/D
CONV.
12
IC1501
40
EN0,EN1 DIR0A,B
DIR1A,B FC RST,ZM RST
CAM
LINE
44
9
12
13
CN551
CN1551
CCD OUT+
CCD OUT-
V
V
2 TO
11
39
48
18
14
9
10
36
(11/25)
IC3701
34
46
42
22
VIDEO
IN/OUT
AGC
ACC
7
44
5
OVERALL
BLOCK(3/6)
Y
(PAGE 3-5)
C
Y
Y
C
C
SP+,-
Y
C
10
IR ON,
SIRCS PWM
SIRCS SIG
SIRCS SIG
13
15
RXD,TXD
3 TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(5/6)
(PAGE 3-10)
16
3-1
3-2
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/6)
VC-278 BOARD(2/6)
VCK(IC1601)
177
IC1401 (5/25)
MPEG
MOVIE
PROCESS
EN0,EN1 DIR0A,B
DIR1A,B FC RST,ZM RST
74
SPCK
25
DSCK
115
Y0-Y7
(5/25)
CHCK
(IC1501)
95
44
AD0-AD13
VCK
96
(4/25)
IC1402
IC1601
SDRAM
64Mbit
SPCK
(IC1401)
97
CAMERA
PROCESS
20
35
2
42
EN0,EN1
DIR0A,B
DIR1A,B
99
199
13
53
38
FC RST,ZM RST
57
3
HD,VD,FLD
61
CO-C3
91
195
196
Y0-Y7
AUDIO
76
60
4
LINE IN
HI8/STD8 PB
SHUTTER ON
EXT STROBO
C0-C3
C0-C7
65
70
76
8
9
10
1 TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(1/6)
HD,VD,OE
84
HD,VD,OE
88
123
86
A0-A13
A0-A13
144
55
137
133
56
130
D0-D15
COL0-COL3
USB D+,D-
48
153
MEMCK
MEMCK
LXCS(IC4901)
CAM SO,CAM SI,CAM SCK
5
CAM CS
(IC4501)
53
D0-D15
47
XCS IC1401
(IC4501)
46
36
2
34
27 22
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(4/6)
(PAGE
3-7)
VSP SO,VSP SI,XVSP SCK
135
9
15
16
13
OSD HD,OSD VD
54
DIGITAL
STILL
PROCESS
170
133
SFD BCK
120
128
154
(PAGE
3-5)
ADAI2
ADAO2
44
121
102
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(3/6)
87
CHARACTER
GENERATOR
85
AFCK(IC3603)
(PAGE
3-2)
61
62
59
72
7
HD,VD,OE
119
Y0-Y7
169
4
117
118
83
1
175
64
97
FOCUS
ZOOM
CONTROL
207
11
CAM SO,CAM SI,CAM SCK
CAM CS
(IC4501)
14
36
CS SDARM
(IC4901)
19
(7/25)
20-35
IC5101
SDRAM
16Mbit
2-13
42-53
A1-A23
Y0-Y7
Y0-Y7
DSCK
(IC1401)
HD,VD,OE
(7/25)
CS FLASH
(IC4901)
RXD,TXD
26
IC5102
FLASH
MEMORY
16Mbit
D0-D15
C0-C7
C0-C7
1-9
16-25
48
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(3/6)
(PAGE
3-5)
238
CN1104
USB D+,D-
21
24
LXCS(IC1401)
IC4901
215
60
(1/2)
214
213
39
DIGITAL
STILL
CONTROL
3
2
CN202
(USB)
MS DIO, BS, SCLK
CN1105
5
3
7
116
CS SDRAM (IC5101)
113
CS FLASH (IC5102)
109
(6/25)
IC4905
184
RXD, TXD
221
4
XTAL
OSC
222
XTAL 48M LK
3-4
MS DIO
MS BS
MS SCLK
FP-409
(FLEXIBLE)
DSCK(IC1401)
187
3-3
D+
D-
(6/25)
29-45
C0-C7
HD,VD,OE
(FLEXIBLE)
239
62
93
Y0-Y7
6
FP-410(2/3)
X4901
48MHz
MEMORY
STICK
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-3. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/6)
VC-278 BOARD(3/5)
AFCK(IC3603)
196
(8/25)
SPCK(IC1401)
48
IC3301
199
203
207
213
Y0-Y7
1
5
C0-C3
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(2/6)
(PAGE 3-3)
ADAI2
ADAI2
ADAO2
ADAO2
SFD BCK
SFD BCK
XTAL 48MLK
(IC4905)
25
54
57
58
33
41
Y0-Y7
(15/25)
C4-C7
46
202
206
212
216
C0—C3
HD,VD,OE
XCS IC6001
(IC4501)
29
FP-410(3/3)
MC BUS
37
(FLEXIBLE)
VREF
RF MON
REC CK
REC DT
REC CK
REC DT
AD DT
6
AD DT
6
PB CK
ATF ERR
PB CK
61
66
56
42
IC3101
20
88
81
79
40
42
DRUM
SP1
ODD
170
PB Y OUT
DV PB RF
25
22 24
FLYING
ERASE
CN3101
1
2
7
6
REC/PB
AMP
5
4
7
8
ODD
EVEN
Q3117
Q3111,3116
Q3107
Q3109
Q3119,3120
27
FILTER
SW
29
EQ
A/D CONV.
PLL
13
SP2
EVEN
FLYING
ERASE
OSC
11
35
31
179
18
HD,VD,OE 22
24
XFE ON
159
DRUM 8PB
XCS TRF
(IC4501)
VSP SO, SI, SCK
7
6
140
139
(10/25)
15
MC BUS
27
28
42
CN1108(2/4)
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
(10/25)
IC3103
6
4
8
15
16
5
PB RF (IC3201 14 )
161
8
(PAGE 3-3)
47
79
83
17
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(2/6)
TRCK
LCK
DV IN/OUT
14
9
DV INTERFACE
CN202
17
34
Y0—Y7
6
42
TPA+,TPB+,-
99
97
IC6001
USB
I/F
IC3303
L BUS
6
152
FRRV,TRRV,TRRT
153
156
DATA TO SFD
133
DATA FROM SFD
132
SFD BCK
127
134
2
6
9
45
51
141
135
43
CN1104
(9/25)
142
151
200
204
208
214
47
79
USB D+,D- 78
X3301
24.576MHz
139
145
3
7
127
OSD HD
OSD VD 184
183
COLO
195
COL3 194
191
190
OSD HD,OSD VD
COLO-COL3
SPCK
(IC1401)
DV SIGNAL
PROCESS
17
21
23
HD,VD,OE
4
201
205
211
215
138
LCK(IC3301)
ASDATA
MCLK
75
73
71
20
18
21
105
106
RF SWP
XCS SFD (IC4501)
XCS VFD (IC4501)
163
162
ATF ERR
FRRV,TRRV,TRRT
PANEL G
PANEL R
RF ENV DET
PANEL B
9
PANEL XHD,XVD
MC BUS
(PAGE 3-7)
64
65 82 63
TO
OVERALL BLOCK
(4/6)
VSPSO,
SO,VSP
SI,XVSP
SCK
VSP
VSP SI,
XVSP SCK
Y
55
59
C
67
BW Y
DATA TO SFD
CAM SO,CAM SCK
DATA FROM SFD
SFD BCK
2
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(1/6)
AS DATA
VD SO, VD SCK
(13/25)
MCLK
(PAGE 3-2)
IC3201
RF AGC OUT(PB Y RF)
9
PB C RF
HI8/STD8
PB RF
AMP
EVF VG
18
DV PB RF
VCO
12
11
CN1108(3/4)
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
11
PB RF
PB RF(PB AFM RF)
LB-076 BOARD
14
Y
C
(13/25)
SP+,-
BL CONT
IC3202
DOP
(IC2201)
5
7
3
RF ENV
DET
4
8
VG
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(5/6)
(PAGE 3-10)
LCD903
IC7001
48
47
46
BW Y
RGB
DRIVE
CN701
20
VR,VG,VB
22
24
9
8
10
12
13
11
2
19
CN702
14
15
13
B/W
LCD UNIT
41
VSP SO, VSP SI, XVSP SCK
(21/25)
7
3
4
5
10
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(6/6)
(PD-156/160)
PANEL R
PANEL G
PANEL B
39
XCS EVF
(IC4501)
XCS LCD
(IC4501)
D/A CONV.
(EVR)
(PAGE 3-11)
IC7002
44
27
28
15
CAM SO, CAM SCK
DA STB(IC4501)
VD SO,VD SCK
PANEL XHD
PANEL XVD
46
42
TIMING
GENERATOR
1
48
(14/25)
8
14
13
8
24
20
1
1
2
PANEL XHD,XVD
CN1110
BL CONT
IC701
LED
DRIVE
4
17
CN7001
1
2
CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK (CF-2500)
CN004
(1/2)
CN1106
16
3-5
3
LED ON/OFF
VCO
VD SO, VD SCK
SP+,-
7
8
17
LED DA
12
2
9
11
35
45
IC2291
ADJUSTMENT
VOLTAGE
(14/25)
40
3-6
SP901
SPEAKER
D701
(BACK LIGHT)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
3-4. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/6)
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
VC-278 BOARD(4/5)
(16/25)
(23/25)
IC4401
IC1301
(17/25)
IC4501
69
70
67
VSP SO,VSP SI,XVSP SCK
52
MECHA
CONTROL
SIGNAL
PROCESS
CONTROL
CAMERA
CONTROL
(16/25)
88
89
197
MC BUS
45
M2000 MECHA DECK
198
DRUM PWM
DRUM PWM
CAP PWM
CAP PWM
28
25
(3/3)
LPF
29
27
DRUM ERROR
CAP ERROR
15
11
(1/2)
PWM
DRIVE
58
64
Q1306
SWITCHING
6
DRUM FG
DRUM FG
DRUM PG
DRUM PG
OVERALL
BLOCK(3/6)
(PAGE 3-6)
155
215
97
16
22
FG AMP
17
3
DRUM FG
PG AMP
20
1
DRUM PG
CAP VS
190
3
CAP FG
CN4403
14
U,V,W
5
7
9
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
DRIVE
XCS EEP
EEPROM
1
XCS TRF(IC3101)
VREF(IC3301)
VD SO, VD SCK
CAP FG
12
119
204
106
107
108
XCS LCD (IC5501,5502)
38
XCS EVF (IC7001,7002)
39
DA STB (IC2291)
59
24
15
13
CAM SO, CAM SCK
195
DEW AD
192
CAM SO, CAM SI,CAM SCK
11
XCS IC3603
XCS AU1(IC5701)
42
43
XCS IC3701
99
XCS IC2201
154
LOAD
UNLOAD
LOAD
UNLOAD
82
83
80
CAM SO, CAM SCK
CAM CS(IC1501,1401, 1601)
MECHA HD
MECHA VD
TBC VD
q; TO
XCS CH,CH SO,XCH SCK
(PAGE 3-2)
IRIS PWM
IRIS PWM
HALL AD
FC RST
ZM RST
TAPE END
TAPE END
TAPE TOP
TAPE TOP
T REEL FG
T REEL FG
S REEL FG
193
180
XNS SW
MF A
MF B
PITCH AD
YAW AD
109
120
55
56
TAPE LED ON
LOADING
MOTOR
DRIVE
S901
MODE SWITCH
47
TAPE END
DETECT
46
44
TAPE TOP
DETECT
45
41
T REEL
FG AMP
38
39
33
S REEL
FG AMP
36
35
TAPE LED ON
2
LM(+),LM(-)
53
51
3
161
1
TAPE END(C)
TAPE TOP(C)
14
Q001
TAPE TOP
SENSOR
T REEL(+),(-)
7
6
T REEL
SENSOR
H001
S REEL(+),(-)
9
10
S REEL
SENSOR
H002
13
ME SW
HI8 MP SW
CAP FG
S001
3
4
2
1
RF SWP (IC4501
172 )
15
13
8
CN1108(4/4)
135
62
73
71
66
65
63
ZOOM VR AD
qa TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(5/6)
(PAGE 3-10)
HI SO,HI SI,X HI SCK
94
64
D001
TAPE
LED
TAPE END
SENSOR
15
X4501
20MHZ
173
202
205
M
Q002
REC PROOF
ME SW
HI8 MP SW
XCC DOWN
REC PROOF
XCC DOWN
M903
LOADING MOTOR
1
Q4401
LED DRIVE
XCS MECHA (IC4901)
16
3-7
21
CN4404
77
78
75
128
56
54
41
210
211
129
130
DEW SENSOR
CN4401
(2/3)
VSP SO, VSP SI, XVSP SCK
VD SO, VD SI, VD SCK
22
19
S REEL FG
XCS IC1401
CAPSTAN FG
MODE SW A-C
MODE SW A-C
VSP SO, VSP SI, XV SP SCK
(PAGE 3-3)
18
16
DEW AD
IC4401
196
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(2/6)
FG1,2
22
23
FG AMP
(16/25)
172
170
23
115
XFE ON
DRUM 8 PB
RF ENV DET
HALL AD
FC RST
ZM RST
XNS SW
MF A,B
PITCH AD
YAW AD
HU,HV,HW
2
21
10
IC4502
RF SWP
OVERALL
BLOCK(1/6)
M
9
7
HU1,2
HV1,2
HW1,2
16
M902
CAPSTAN MOTOR
4
(17/25)
5
M
5
IC4402
XCS VFD(IC3301)
XCS SFD(IC3301)
XCS IC6001
3
U, V, W
10
(16/25)
111
2
61
59
57
DRUM
MOTOR
DRIVE
ATF ERR
9 TO
IC4401
(1/3)
SWITCHING
Q1305
84
178
179
FRRV,TRRT,TRRV
M901
DRUM MOTOR
CN4402
DRUM VS
3-8
REC PROOF
ME/MP
HI8 MP
C.C. LOCK
S002
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
3-5. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (5/6)
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK (FK-2500)
VC-278 BOARD(5/5)
S406, 408
S003~006,
009~010,
012~013,
015~019,
022~029
4
12
10
9
7
12
•
11
8
•
6
•
5
•
3
FUNCTION
SW
79 DIAL A
80 DIAL B
14
13
S007
X5001
10MHz
S001
(25/25)
OPEN/CLOSE
SW
IC4701
RESET
1
11
20
30
S601
PANEL
REVERSE
SW
INDICATOR
DRIVE
CN5702
1
2
FP-412
(FLEXIBLE)
3
7
VTR UNREG
VDD SWITCH
IC4903
XCC DOWN
5
EEPROM
XTAL
CN5704
8
•
2
•
9
1
EEP TXD
EEP RXD
EEP SCK
CS EEP
REC PROOF
REC PROOF 37
qa TO
OVERALL
BLOCK(4/6)
HI SO 200
•
HI SI 201
•
XHI SCK 199
207
•
206
•
205
52 32kHz OUT
TXD
23
•
24
•
SCK 25
CS 26
5
73 XRESET
6
14
•
53
•
62
VCC
SIRCS SIG 41
TXD, RXD, SCK
124
190
•
191
•
185
134
7
1
1
19
10
4
4
16
2
ZOOM VR AD
TXD
CS MECHA 17
CS MECHA (IC4501)
RXD
SCK
CS
IR ON
IR ON 30
168 CAM DD ON
3 TO
SIRCS PWM
OVERALL
BLOCK(1/6)
(PAGE 3-2)
SIRCS PWM 45
XOSD SCK
OSD SO
LCD COM/XDATA
XCS LCD DRIVER
21
•
20
•
18
•
22
PD-160 BOARD(1/2)
PD-156 BOARD(1/2)
IC4703
(LCD TYPE SO)
LCD COM/XDATA
LANC IN
LANC OUT
43
42
IB SI
IB SO
7
8
6
XPHOTO FREEZ
5
3
XS/S SW
(LCD TYPE CA/SH)
LANC
I/O
PHOTO
BATT/EXT SW
FAST CHARGE
INIT CHARGE ON
SHOE ON
74
37
38
17
I/F
S002
XS/S SW
START/STOP
S001 (DCR-TRV738E ONLY)
VCR PLAYER
OFF(CHG)
POWER
CAMERA
MEMORY
XVTR MODE SW
XCAM MODE SW
XPHOTO STBY SW
1
4
3
1
2
7
XVTR MODE SW
XCAM MODE SW
XPHOTO STBY SW
12
4
XEJECT SW
(PAGE 3-6)
BL REG
USB 3.1V
D 1.9V
D 2.8V
AU 2.8V
A 2.8V
A 4.75V
AU 4.75V
RP 4.75V
MT 5V
EP 4.75V
EP 2.8V
EP 13.3V
PANEL 4.75V
PANEL -15.3V
CAM -7.5V
Q5001
KEY AD5
XPHOTO FREEZ
S004
10
12
OVERALL
BLOCK(3/6)
VTR DD ON 35
XCS LCD DRIVER
39
40
11
(2/2)
IC1301
DC/DC
CONV.
(23/25)
BT901
CAM 15V
D 1.5V
RP 6.0V
CN4001
Q4003
ACV URREG
Q4002
CHARGE
SW
BATT UNREG
XEJECT SW
11
BATT SIG
1
INIT CHARGE ON
CN1109
SHOE ON
SI-032 BOARD(2/2)
SHOE/PRT UNREG
Q4010
CN301
17
CN304
LANC SIG
28
PRT HEAD UNREG
3
CN1103
FP-411(FLEXIBLE)(2/2)
16
Note: Refer to "3-6. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/6)" for the discrimination of
the LCD type.
3-9
3-10
4
3
2
6
5
FAST CHARGE
BATT/EXT SW
BATT SIG
RV001
ZOOM VR AD
8 TO
HI EVER SO
67 KEY AD5
2
BL CONT
HI EVER SCK
CN1106
J303
LANC
(PAGE 3-7)
HI SO, HI SI, XHI SCK
SIRCS SIG
CN005
Note
ZOOM
XCC DOWN
29 XTAL
51 32kHz IN
CN5701
S003
OPEN/EJECT
2
BATT UNREG
(25/25)
CONTROL
SWITCH
BLOCK
(SS-1380)
18
INTELLIGENT
ACCESSORY
SHOE(2/2)
6
IC5701
CN5703
3
BT001
LITHIUM
BATTERY
17
HI CONTROL
RXD
BATT LI 3V
CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK (CF-2500)(2/2)
CHARACTER
DISPLAY
X5002
32.768kHz
28
2
CN002
1
(6/25)
KEY AD0
61
•
65
• KEY AD4
66
S023
RESET
20
IC4901
59
KEY AD0-KEY AD4
KEY AD 1-4
9
19
(6/25)
CN1110
CN006
SEL/PUSH
EXEC
DIAL
PRT HEAD UNREG
KEY AD 0, 1
4
•
3
REC
3
16
SHOE/PRT UNREG
HI CONTROL
(DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840)
LCD902
LANC SIG
IC5001
S401, 403-409
VTR FUNCTION
SW
CN1101
(18/25)
DC IN
+
S
–
BATTERY
TERMINAL
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-6. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/6)
R5522
PD-156 BOARD(2/2)
6
8
4
5
3
1
XHD OUT
PANEL COM
VR,VG,VB
PANEL R
PANEL G
PANEL B
48
47
46
3
4
5
IC5501
RGB
DRIVE
41
XCS LCD
27
40
39
10
20
VR,VG,VB
22
24
(2/2)
35
19
20
21
VCOM
VP
DAC
(PAGE
3-5)
LCD901
2.5/3.5
INCH
LCD UNIT
T5601
Q5602/Q5604
ND901
BACKLIGHT
BL HIGH
10
INVERTER
44
VD SO,VD SCK
PANEL XHD
PANEL XVD
9
11
46
45
42
7
8
1
48
IC5502
TIMING
GENERATOR
(1/2)
BL LOW
CN5601
18
(1/2)
4
5
DET IN
HD OUT
BL CONT
CURRENT
DET
CN5501
Q5601
8
3
3
4
(2/2)
2
IC5602
12
15
24
BL REG
BACK
LIGHT
DRIVE
11
5
10
7 TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(3/6)
(VC-278)
CN5502
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
5
IC5601
17
2
7
1
6
CN5701
PANEL 2.8V
(LCD TYPE CA/SH)
R5522
PD-160 BOARD(2/2)
HD OUT
PSIG
VR,VG,VB
PANEL R
PANEL G
PANEL B
48
47
46
3
4
5
IC5501
RGB
DRIVE
41
XCS LCD
20
VR,VG,VB
22
24
27
40
39
10
(2/2)
35
(PAGE
3-5)
44
VD SO,VD SCK
PANEL XHD
PANEL XVD
9
11
46
45
42
7
8
1
48
IC5502
TIMING
GENERATOR
PSIG
VP
DAC
15
19
24
22
CN5501
Q5601
8
(1/2)
17
• Abbreviation
EE : East European model
NE : North European model
RU : Russian model
AUS : Australian model
HK : Hong Kong model
CH : Chinese model
JE : Tourist model
LCD901
2.5/3.5
INCH
LCD UNIT
T5601
Q5602/Q5604
ND901
BACKLIGHT
BL HIGH
10
INVERTER
BL REG
BACK
LIGHT
DRIVE
(1/2)
IC5602
BL LOW
3
3
CN5601
CURRENT
DET
4
5
DET IN
HD OUT
BL CONT
6
2
7
8
12
13
CN5502
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
4
(2/2)
2
6
8
4
5
3
1
4
5
3
7 TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
(3/6)
(VC-278)
Note: By measuring the resistor value between Pin 6 of CN5502 on PD-156/160
board and GND, the type of LCD can be discriminated.
2.2kΩ: LCD TYPE SH (2.5 inches, 123k) DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E (*1)
6.8kΩ: LCD TYPE CA (3.5 inches, 123k) DCR-TRV840
22kΩ: LCD TYPE SO (2.5 inches, 61k) DCR-TRV740/TRV740E (*2)
47kΩ: LCD TYPE SO (3.5 inches, 123k) DCR-TRV840
*1: AEP/EE/NE/RU model, *2: E/AUS/HK/CH/JE model
5
IC5601
2
7
1
CN5701
6
PANEL 2.8V
(LCD TYPE SO)
3-11
3-12
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-7. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)
F4005
Q4005,4007,4009,4010
17
18
PRT HEAD UNREG
F4006
19
SHOE/PRT UNREG
1
20
CN1101
BT901
BATTERY
TERMINAL
5
1
BATT SIG
Q4001,
4002
F4001
Q4003,
4004
CHARGE
SWITCH
BATT GND
BATT UNREG
17
18
13
15
14
16
4 TO
POWER
BLOCK(3/3)
(PD-156/160)
(PAGE 3-17)
CN1106
BATT UNREG
F4003
Q1311,1312,1327
C/D VS D1.5V
L4001
MT 5V
5V REG
BL REG UNREG
F4004
VTR UNREG
ACV UNREG
VTR UNREG
F4002
BATT/XEXT SW
SHOE ON
CN4001
BL CONT
INIT CHARGE ON
BL CONT
FAST CHARGE
SHOE ON
3
2
BL CONT
BL REG
PANEL 2.8V
PANEL 13.3V
PANEL 4.75V
PANEL -15.3V
BATT UNREG
DC IN
4
VC-278 BOARD(1/3)
INTELLIGENT
ACCESSORY
SHOE
BATT SIG
INIT CHARGE ON
Q1309
SWITCHING
IC1301
L1317
L1318
VTR DD ON
BL REG
DC/DC CONVERTER
NONINV
7 INPUT–7
31 STANDBY–7
CAM DD ON
FAST CHARGE
OUTPUT–7 2
OUTPUT
MONITOR-7 6
OUTPUT VCC–7
5
OUTPUT VCC–4,5,6
1
OUTPUT–4
57
MOS GATE–4
54
BATT/XEXT SW
Q1335,1337
L1305
L1310
D 1.5V
D 2.8V
IC1305
Q1308
SWITCHING
28 VCC
2
5
41
A 4.75V
L1302
45
MOS GATE–1
42
OUTPUT
MONITOR–1
40
49
Q1301
SWITCHING
5
27 VREF
OUTPUT–3
50
OUTPUT MONITOR–3
34
1
7
8
3
Q1302
SWITCHING
22 CT
OUTPUT–2
VTR DD ON
EMERGENCY
DETECT
D1302 (1/2)
RECT
A 2.8V
L1308
AU 2.8V
L1309
EP 2.8V
FB1301
EP 13.3V
Q1333
30 STANDBY
OUTPUT
MONITOR–2
2
5
D1306
RECT
5.9V REG
D1302(2/2)
RECT
-7.5V REG
L1313
L1301
D1301
37
L1303
RP 6.0V
3
Q1316,1329
46
Q1305
SWITCHING
IC1303
13.3V REG
RECT
29 STANDBY–3
D 2.8V
L1307
Q1321,1323,1328
6
2
21 RT
(PAGE 3-15)
15V REG
4
VREF
POWER
BLOCK(2/3)
D 1.5V (PC 1.5V)
L1306
Q1307
SWITCHING
T1301
OUTPUT VCC–1,2,3
1 TO
D 1.5V (IC1401)
Q1304
SWITCHING
Q1314
OUTPUT–1
USB 3.1V
3
3.1V REG
OUTPUT
MONITOR–4 18
COMP
D 1.9V
1.9V REG
Q1303
SWITCHING
Q1324,1330
AU 4.75V
L1314
A 4.75V
L1315
EP 4.75V
L1316
RP 4.75V
CD-358
BOARD
-15.3V REG
(LCD TYPE CA/SH)
CAP VS
CAP VS
IC1501
CAP ERROR
OUTPUT–6
64
OUTPUT MONITOR–6
10
NONINV INPUT–6
11
L1304
DRUM VS
FB1502
DRUM ERROR
2
5
3.4V
3.4V REG
3
IC1504
S/H
FB1505
A 2.8V
OUTPUT–5 58
NONINV INPUT–5 15
IC552
DRUM ERROR
CAP ERROR
Q1306
SWITCHING
OUTPUT MONITOR–5 14
21
4
13
10
12
15
IC551
FB1504
FB1501
CAM 15V
CAM -7.5V
CN1501
16
Note: Refer to "3-6. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/6)" for the discrimination of
the LCD type.
3-13
TIMING
GENERATOR
DRUM VS
CAM DD ON
6
S
2
3-14
CCD
IMAGER
CN551
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-8. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3)
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(SS-1380)
VC-278 BOARD(2/3)
S001
BATT LI3V
POWER
(DCR-TRV738E ONLY)
VCR PLAYER
CN1109
IC5001
SHOE ON
BATT SIG
INIT CHARGE ON
VTR DD ON
CAM DD ON
FAST CHARGE
BATT XEXT SW
SHOE ON
BATT SENS
ACV SENS
5
73
XRESET
6
14 53
62
4
31
Q5001
42
41
D4702
BATT UNREG
RESET
3
INIT CHARGE ON
VTR DD ON
38
35
D 4703
2
FAST CHARGE
37
REG
7
MT 5V
BATTER IN
DETECT
BATT/XEXT
74
IC4703
VDD/
VCC
BATT IN
XVTR MODE SW
1
XCAM MODE SW
2
XLANC ON
XPHOTO STBY SW
LCD LED ON
7
12
8
LANC I/O
VTR UNREG
1 UNREG
LANC DC
14 LANC DC
46
Q4701
POWER 4
56
VCC 8
VTR DD
SENSE
FB7001
AU 4.75V
1 TO
POWER BLOCK
AU 2.8V
(1/3)
(PAGE 3-14)
D 1.5V
CN1110
CN002
IC5701
IC5702
IC5801
AUDIO I/O
AUDIO
ADC&DAC
MIC AMP
S023
2
RESET
BTOOI
LITHIUM
BATTERY
CN006
MECHA
CONTROL
CAMERA
CONTROL
DISP LCD VDD
20
FB4502
FB3370
L3307
DISP BL
21
6
CN005
TO
POWER
BLOCK
(3/3)
(PD-156/160)
CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK (FK-2500)
(PAGE 3-17)
CAM DD ON
FB6003
D 1.5V (PC 1.5V)
FB2291
IC3603
IC3701
IC3301
IC3303
IC6002
IC2291
A/D CONV.
VIDEO
LINE IN/OUT
AMP
DV
SIGNAL
PROCESS
DV
INTERFACE
AUDIO
A/D
CONV.
(EVR)
D/A CONV.
D 1.5V
USB 3.1V
FB6001
IC1551,1553
3 TO
POWER
IRIS DRIVE,HALL AMP
BLOCK(3/3)
D 1.5V (PC 1.5V)
(PAGE 3-18)
D 2.8V
IC6001
LENS ASSY
Q1555
USB
I/F
L2291
R1132
20
2
FB6002
A 4.75V
A 2.8V
MT 5V
D 1.5V
D 2.8V
5
FB4501
L6001
FB3304
SW
2
Q1104, 1105
A 2.8V
AU 2.8V
D 2.8V
FB3701
5
11
IC4501
EEPROM
L3701,
3705
27
L2001
17
1
F LED 2.8V
LANC DC
A 4.75V
SE 2.8V
MT 5V
5
15
ZOOM
RESET
SENSOR
13
FOCUS
RESET
SENSOR
17
TEMP
17
CAPSTAN
FG
8
T REEL,
S REEL
SENSOR
IC1555
TO
POWER
BLOCK(3/3)
(SI-032)
ZOOM/
FOCUS/
SHUTTER
DRIVE
(PAGE 3-17)
CN1103
L1601
L2204
L2209
FB2202
FB2205
L2202
L2208
FB2204
CAP VS
CAP ERROR
DRUM VS
FB1503
IC1502
AGC,
A/D CONV.
FB1601,
1602
L3104
L3103
IC3202
IC3103
IC3101
HI8/STD8
PB RF
AMP
RF ENV
DET
REC/PB
AMP
EQ.
A/D CONV.
PLL
L1552
CN1551
IC4402
FB1402
3
L1401
IC1601
IC2001
IC1401
IC1402
CAMERA
PROCESS
PITCH/
YAW
SENSOR
AMP
MPEG MOVIE
PROCESS
DIGITAL
STILL PROCESS
SDRAM
FB1603
IC3201
L1551
CAP VS
RF 1.9V
L3102
A 4.75V
MT 5V
D 1.5V (IC1401)
HI8/STD8
PB Y/C
PROCESS
RP 4.75V
A 2.8V
L3201
L1501
IC2201
DRUM ERROR
RP 4.75V
EVF
BACKLIGHT
DRIVE
8
IC4502
CAPSTAN MOTOR
DRIVE
2
1
IC4401
DRUM ERROR
29
CAP ERROR
27
DRUM VS
6
DRUM
MOTOR DRIVE
DRUM FG,PG AMP
LOADING
MOTOR DRIVE
REEL FG AMP
TAPE TOP,END DET
DRUM,CAP ERROR AMP
CN4403
SENSOR VCC
R4407
H001,002
FB1403
D 2.8V
VTR UNREG
MT 5V
TAPE LED(A)
R4411
RP 6.0V
16
3-15
LCD
UNIT
8
7
1
CN702
16
18
CN701
L5803
USB 3.1V
D 2.8V
5
3
L7001
6
L3602
LCD903
CN7001
FB7002
EVER 3.0V
A 4.75V
LCD DRIVE
IC701
FB3303
FB3601
IC7001
TIMING
GENERATOR
CONTROL SWICH BLOCK (CF-2500)
L5701
D 1.9V
A 2.8V
LB-076 BOARD
IC7002
EP 4.75V
EP 13.3V
EP 2.8V
3
EP 2.8V
EP 13.3V
EP 4.75V
USB 3.1V
D 1.5V (PC 1.5V)
D 1.5V (IC1401)
CAMERA
MEMORY
BATT SIG
I/F
D 2.8V
VTR UNREG
MT 5V
AU 2.8V
OFF(CHG)
ZOOM VR
XVTR MODE SW
XCAM MODE SW
XPHOTO STBY SW
1
4
3
17
IB SO
IB SI
IC4701
D 2.8V
10
HI CONTROL
54
55
RV001
3-16
12
CN4404
D001
TAPE LED
M2000 MECHA
DECK
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
COVER
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
3-9. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3)
PD-160
BOARD
PD-156
BOARD
VC-278 BOARD (3/3)
LCD901
(LCD TYPE CA/SH)
(LCD TYPE SO)
FB5504
18
FB5502
PANEL 2.8V
VCC
USB 3.1V
Q5505,5506
PANEL 13.3V
Q1101,1102
16
D5503
LCD
UNIT
FB1102
CN1105
MS VCC ON
CN5501
L5501
23
IC5501
IC5502
RGB DRIVE
14
TIMING
GENERATOR
IC4901
CAM DD ON
(LCD TYPE SO)
168
3 TO
POWER
BLOCK (2/3)
LCD TYPE CA
(PAGE 3-16)
D 1.5V (PC 1.5V) L4901
HI CONTROL,
DIGITAL STILL
CONTROL
IC4903
EEPROM
LCD901
4
CN5701
PANEL 4.75V
14
PANEL -15.3V
16
PANEL 13.3V
15
PANEL 2.8V
13
FB5503
24
3
1
FB5502
4
TO
POWER BLOCK
(1/3)
(VC-278)
Q5502~5505
IC5501
IC5502
RGB DRIVE
TIMING
GENERATOR
23
28
D 2.8V
FB4903
LCD TYPE SH
ND901
BACKLIGHT
INVERTER
BL CONT
BL REG
FB4902
FB5101
IC5601,5602
17
18
D 1.5V
CN5501
(LCD TYPE CA/SH)
(PAGE 3-14)
LCD
UNIT
FB5501
L5501
BL HIGH
BACKLIGHT
DRIVE
IC5101
IC5102
SDRAM
16Mbit
FLASH
MEMORY
16Mbit
10
CN5601
IC5701
2 TO
POWER
BLOCK(2/3)
(CF-2500)
5
(PAGE 3-16)
6
DISP LCD VDD
INDICATOR
DIRVE
D902
BL VDD
DISP BL
CN5704
CN5705
3
•
4
CHARACTER
DISPLAY
BACKLIGHT
Note: Refer to "3-6. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/6)" for the discrimination of
the LCD type.
SI-032 BOARD
D301,D302
30
MT 5V
IR EMITTER
LED
D306
11
TALLY LED
SE301,302
TO
POWER BLOCK
(2/3)
(VC-278)
14
(PAGE 3-16)
29
5
F LED 2.8V
4
SE 2.8V
PITCH/YAW
SENSOR
LANC DC
IC301
A 4.75V
REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
CN304
16
R301
CN301
3
MF PHOTO
SENSOR
4
•
8
15
FP-411
(FLEXIBLE)
3-17
J303
LANC
3-18E
IC4907
IC4905
BUFFER
XTAL
OSC
MEMORY
STICK
SLOT
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
INTELLIGENT
ACCESSORY
SHOE
CD-358 BOARD
15P
A
LENS UNIT
GND
GND
1
MT_GND
GND
2
MIC_L
GND
3
15
A_2.8V
4
SHOE_CONT_AD
SHP
5
14
SHD
6
MIC_GND
CLPDM
7
13
GND
8
CTS
CCD_OUT9
12
CCD_OUT+
10
11
GND
11
STB_ON
CAM_15V
12
RTS
RCSUB
13
10
VSUB
14
SHOE_ID2
CAM_-7.5V
15
SHOE_ID1
GND
16
TXD
H1
17
LANC
RG
18
5
H2
19
4
GND
20
3
V1
21
HEAD_UNREG
V2
22
SHOE_UNREG
V3
2
V4
23
CN551
24
24P
B
1
CCD
IMAGER
9
6
RXD
5
8
4
7
3
6
2
1
FP-264
CN1104
FP-410
G
FLEXIBLE
1
XS_JACK_IN
2
S_C_I/O
3
REG_GND
4
C
5
G
Y
S_GND
6
S_GND
7
AUDIO_R_I/O
8
REG_GND
9
VIDEO_I/O
10
REG_GND
11
AUDIO_L_I/O
12
AV_JACK_IN
13
REG_GND
AUDIO/VIDEO
14
15
5P
1
16
TPA
D-
2
17
NTPA
3
18
REG_GND
ID
4
19
REG_GND
GND
5
20
VCC
4P
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
SHOE_ID1
TXD
LANC_SIG
PRT_HEAD_UNREG
PRT_HEAD_UNREG
SHOE/PRT_UNREG
SHOE/PRT_UNREG
13
5
SHOE_MT_GND
RXD
4
SHOE_MT_GND
12
3
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_ID2
2
SHOE_UNREG_GND
11
1
SHOE_UNREG_GND
CN1101
RTS→SCK
1
GND
10
2
GND
STB_ON
3
GND
9
4
A_2.8V
8
5
SHP
CTS→HDS
6
SHD
SHOE_MIC_GND
7
CLPDM
5
REG_GND
6
N.C
7
RF_SWP
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(SS-1380)
S002
C1109
21
D+
22
REG_GND
23
REG_GND
24
D-
12P
START/STOP
XVTR_MODE_SW
1
8
N.C
9
N.C
10
VCO
11
EVF_VG
12
RF_SWP
13
N.C
14
CAP_FG
15
RF_MON
16
N.C
17
REG_GND
2
XPHOTO_STBY_SW
3
XCAM_MODE_SW
4
S003
OPEN/EJECT
CPC
(FOR CHECK)
XS/S_SW
5
REG_GND
6
KEY_AD5
7
S004
PHOTO
D4901
(TALLY)
8
REG_GND
9
D_2.8V
10
ZOOM_VR
11
S001
POWER
18
REG_GND
19
REG_GND
20
XEJECT_SW
12
30P
MT_5V
1
30
MT_5V
LANC_DC
2
29
LANC_DC
LANC_SIG
3
28
LANC_SIG
XLANC_JACK_IN
4
27
XLANC_JACK_IN
LIA1
5
26
LIA1
VREF1
6
25
VREF1
LIA2
7
24
LIA2
VREF2
SE_GND
9
23
VREF2
8
22
SE_GND
HP_GND
10
21
HP_GND
HP_R
20
HP_R
11
HP_L
19
HP_L
12
INT_MIC_R
INT_MIC_L
15
INT_MIC_GND
HP_JACK_IN
16
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
REG_GND
REG_GND
XF_TALLY_LED
F_LED_2.8V
SIRCS_SIG
IR_ON/SIRCS_PWM
SE_2.8V
HP_JACK_IN
INT_MIC_L
5
EXT_MIC_GND
7
4
A_4.75V
6
3
MF_B
EXT_MIC_L
2
FLEXIBLE
EXT_MIC_R
1
MF_A
MF_LED
CN304
30P
MEMORY STICK
CONNECTOR
13
IR_ON/SIRCS_PWM
REG_GND
22
SE_2.8V
REG_GND
23
17
EXT_MIC_R
24
18
EXT_MIC_L
25
SIRCS_SIG
EXT_MIC_GND
26
19
A_4.75V
27
F_LED_2.8V
MF_B
28
20
MF_LED
29
FP-406
FLEXIBLE
I
XF_TALLY_LED
MF_A
30
VCC
8
VSS
SCLK
7
VSS
INS
6
9
DIO
5
FP-409
21
CN1103
MEMORY
10
VCC
H
BS
1
4
NTPB
CAMERA
3
2
VSS
TPB
DCR-TRV738E ONLY
VCR PLAYER
OFF(CHG)
2
3
VSS
NTPA
(PHOTO FREEZE)
RV001
ZOOM
W
T
4
1
DV
IN/OUT
7
8
GND
4
XPHOTO_FREEZE
10P
TPA
6
9
CCD_OUT-
3
PB_RF
TPB
CN1105
CN202
SHOE_MIC_L
10
CCD_OUT+
2
N.C
REG_GND
G
SHOE_CONT_AD
11
GND
20P
12
CAM_15V
15
CAM_-7.5V
13
16
GND
14
17
H1
VSUB
18
23
V3
RG
24
V4
19
1
H2
2
FOCUS_XA
20
3
FOCUS_XB
21
4
FOCUS_B
22
5
FOCUS_A
V1
6
V2
7
IR_SWITCH
RCSUB
1
N.C
NTPB
D+
VCC
REG_GND
BPF_MONI
14
(USB)
TO
VC-278 BOARD(2/2)
FH(2/2)
20P
14/25 USB BLOCK
15/25 MD BLOCK
16/25 CAM/MECHA CONT. BLOCK
17/25 HI-1 BLOCK
18/25 HI-2 BLOCK
19/25 AU BLOCK
20/25 MA BLOCK
21/25 SE,ER BLOCK
22/25 FU BLOCK
23/25 DD BLOCK
24/25 CN BLOCK
25/25 LANC/RESET/BEEP,CN BLOCK
1/25 CAM-1 BLOCK
2/25 CAM-2 BLOCK
3/25 LD BLOCK
4/25 CAM,MPEG BLOCK
5/25 DIGITAL STILL BLOCK
6/25 FLASH,RAM BLOCK
7/25 JC-1 BLOCK
8/25 JC-2 BLOCK
9/25 RF(D) BLOCK
10/25 IN/OUT BLOCK
11/25 A/D BLOCK
12/25 RF(8) BLOCK
13/25 EVF BLOCK
18
CN203
CN1108
VC-278 BOARD(1/2)
17
F
S_Y_I/O
24P
INT_MIC_R
S VIDEO
FLEXIBLE
INT_MIC_GND
J201
E
FLEXIBLE
CN1501
D
GND
8
IR_SWITCH
24P
9
ZOOM_XA
10
ZOOM_B
ZOOM_XB
15
11
16
ZM_SENSE_VCC
12
17
TEMP
ZOOM_A
18
IRIS_DRIVE(+)
FC_SENSE_OUT
19
TEMP
ZM_SENSE_OUT
20
IRIS_DRIVE(-)
13
21
IRIS_BIAS(-)
14
22
IRIS_HALL(-)
GND
23
IRIS_BIAS(+)
FC_SENSE_VCC
24
IRIS_HALL(+)
CN1551
24P
C
IRIS_DRIVE(+)
FP-317
J
CN301
SI-032 BOARD
MIC901
L-CH
MIC
K
MIC901
R-CH
MIC
CN302
1
INT_MIC_L
2
GND
3
INT_MIC_R
4
GND
4P
D301,302
(IR EMITTER)
IC301
(REMOTE COMANDER)
D306
(TALLY)
SE302
SE301
YAW
SENSOR
PITCH
SENSOR
18P
REG_GND
18
LANC_SIG
17
XLANC_JACK_IN
16
LANC_DC
15
HP_GND
14
HP_R
13
HP_L
12
HP_JACK_IN
11
EXT_MIC_R
10
EXT_MIC_L
9
MIC_GND
8
MIC_GND
7
REG_GND
6
MF_B
5
MF_LED
4
J301
(HEADPHONES)
FP-411
FLEXIBLE
J302
MIC
(PLUG IN POWER)
J303
L
MF_4.75V
3
REG_GND
2
MF_A
1
LANC
16
4-1
4-2
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)
3
2
1
4
6
5
7
8
10
9
11
12
14
13
15
16
17
18
19
2.5INCH:DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E
3.5INCH:DCR-TRV840
A
ND901
BACK LIGHT
TYPE SH:TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
TYPE CA:TRV840
TYPE SO:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/TRV840
LCD901 2.5INCH/3.5INCH
Note : LCD901 type check is refer to page 5-32 for “1-5-1. LCD Type Check”
of this manual .
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-2500)
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
9
11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
S003,004,006,009,010,012,015
016,019,022-025,027
END SEARCH/ FOCUS/ PB ZOOM/
2
B
MEMORY MIX
VP-117
(CP-076)
6P
(LITHIUM BATTERY)
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
HARNESS
TYPE SO
TYPE CA
TYPE SH
COM
TEST1
VSH5V
VSH3V
VSH
VDD
VST
VSS
GND
EN
VCK
6
SEG2
7
6
MAKER_CHECK / PANEL_ID
SEG7
8
XOSD_SCK
DISP_LCD_VDD
5
5
DISP_LCD_VDD
7
XHD /C-SYNC/XHD
SEG8
9
DISP_BL
6
6
DISP_BL
8
XHD_OUT
SEG9
10
9
GND
SEG10
11
10
GND
CPC
(FOR CHECK)
TYPE CA and SH
SEG1
12
SEG11
13
SEG12
14
SEG13
15
SEG14
16
SEG16
17
SEG15
18
COM3
19
COM4
20
VIDEO
HEAD
PANEL_-15.3V
PANEL_13.3V
PANEL_4.75V
PANEL_2.8V
REG_GND
VD_SCK
XCS_LCD
VD_SO
PANEL_XVD
PANEL_XHD
PANEL_HOLD
PANEL_B
PANEL_G
PANEL_R
XPANEL_REV
XRST_VTR
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
N.C.
3
N.C.
4
GND
5
GND
6
2
1
BACK
LIGHT
FP-412
1
PANEL_REV
D902
LCD902
CHARACTER
DISPLAY
FLEXIBLE
1
2
FLEXIBLE
6P
PANEL_REV
XRST_VTR
XPANEL_REV
3
4
PANEL_G
PANEL_R
5
PANEL_B
6
7
PANEL_XHD
PANEL_HOLD
8
PANEL_XVD
9
VD_SO
XCS_LCD
11
VD_SCK
13
12
REG_GND
PANEL_2.8V
14
PANEL_4.75V
15
16
17
BL_CONT
PANEL_13.3V
PANEL_-15.3V
18
BL_REG
19
BL_GND
20
S601
(PANEL REVERSE)
HALL_COM
T_REEL(-)
T_REEL(+)
SENSOR_VCC
S_REEL(+)
S_REEL(-)
REG_GND
TAPE_LED(A)
TAPE_LED(K)
TAPE_END(C)
TAPE_TOP(C)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CN7001
CN701
20P
XTALLY_LED
1
20
XTALLY_LED
LED_DA
2
19
LED_DA
EVF_VDD
3
18
EVF_VDD
LED_ON/OFF
4
17
EVF_4.75V
5
16
D_2.8V
6
15
D_2.8V
COM
7
VG
8
2
3
LED_ON/OFF
VCK
4
EVF_4.75V
STB
5
EN
6
DWN
7
RGT
8
D701
COM
13
VG
12
VR
HST
11
VB
HCK2
10
HCK1
11
BLK
12
VB
13
VR
14
VG
15
COM
16
GND
11
10
GND
GND
12
9
GND
BLK
13
8
BLK
Q001
TAPE TOP
SENSOR
HST
16
FP-407
1
14
9
15
7
HCK1
6
HCK2
5
HST
EN
17
4
EN
STB
18
3
STB
VCK
19
2
VCK
VST
20
1
VST
BACK
LIGHT
D702
(TALLY)
LS-057 BOARD
S001
REC PROOF
ME/MP
Hi8 MP
S901
MODE
SWITCH
S002
C.C.LOCK
CN4001
H001,002
T REEL SENSOR
S REEL SENSOR
FP-301
FP-302
FLEXIBLE
FLEXIBLE
6P
BATT_GND
1
BATT/XEXT
2
ACV_GND
3
ACV_UNREG
4
BATT_SIG
5
BATT_UNREG
6
BT901
Q002
TAPE END
SENSOR
4-4
16P
1
10
14
CN702
VST
VB
HCK2
LB-076
BOARD
VSS
VR
HCK1
20P
VDD
TAPE_TOP(C)
2
3
TAPE_LED(K)
TAPE_END(C)
4
TAPE_LED(A)
6
5
REG_GND
S_REEL(-)
7
S_REEL(+)
8
9
T_REEL(+)
SENSOR_VCC
10
T_REEL(-)
FP-300
FLEXIBLE
FLEXIBLE
ME/MP
4
11
13
12
ME/MP
HALL_COM
REC_PROOF
15
14
HI8_MP
C_LOCK_SW
1
DEW
2
A
4
3
B
C
5
6
Vcc
Vo1
7
Vo2
8
GND(COM)
9
Coil-U
10
Coil-U
11
Coil-V
12
coil-V
13
Coil-W
14
Coil-W
15
VH+
16
Hu1
17
Hu2
19
18
Hv1
Hv2
20
Hw1
21
Hw2
22
VH-
11
FE(X)
10
FE(Y)
9
GND
HARNESS
FP-414
CN1106
REC_PROOF
3
15P
HI8_MP
2
CN4404
C_LOCK_SW
1
M-SW(A)
M-SW(B)
M-SW(C)
FG1
FG VCC
DEW
22
21
20
19
18
17
FG2
16
REG_GND
15
CAP_U
14
CAP_U
13
CAP_W
12
CAP_W
11
CAP_V
10
CAP_V
9
VH+
8
Hu1
7
Hu2
6
Hv2
Hv1
5
4
Hw1
3
Hw2
2
VH-
22P
MR
SENSOR
FLEXIBLE
FLEXIBLE
10
(VP-076)
FP
FP-299
FP-228
SP2
SE_GND
20P
4-3
VB
SEG6
VR
M2000 MECHANISM DECK
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)
VG
PSIG / PANEL_COM
5
4
TAPE LED
16
VB
5
4
D001
L
VG
DWN
VR
VR
VDD
VSS
MCLK
HCNT
SPD
VDOG
CLR
OE
PSS2
CTR
VVSSG
CS
HST
WIDE
SRT
VBC
STBYB
PSS1
RES
CLS
REF
SOUT
VCOM
RESET
VCOM
EX2
CRext
STBYB
PSG
HCK2
HCK1
GPCK
GSRT
MO2
MO1
PSIG
GRES
EX1
G
R
VDD
RGT
TEST2
B
VGL
BL_HIGH
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
BL_LOW
24P
VSS
VGH
N.C.
SPS
VGLAC
CLD
SEG5
22
21
20
VG
4
CN4403
1
FE(X)
11
FE(Y)
10
GND
9
YEVEN(SP2Y)
8
8
SP2(Y)
7
SP2(X)
5
6
GND
SP1(Y)
4
2
3
GND
GND
SP1(X)
1
GND
10
U
9
U
7
8
V
4
3
XOSD_SCK
M902
M CAPSTAN
DEW
SENSOR
K
3
SEG4
OSD_SO
MOTOR
FE
SP1
SEG3
XVD_OUT
LCD_COM/XDATA
FP
FG
M901
DRUM
MOTOR
2
VB
2
3
REG_GND
DISP_BL
18
19
EVER_3.0V
17
OSD_SO
XOSD_SCK
16
LCD_COM/XDATA
14
15
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
13
DIAL_A
KEY_AD2
12
11
D_2.8V
DIAL_B
KEY_AD1
9
8
10
KEY_AD2
6
5
7
D_2.8V
KEY_AD3
KEY_AD4
4
REG_GND
XHI_RESET
2
3
KEY_AD0
1
SP_-
SP_+
BATT_LI_3V
22P
CN1110
GND
YODD(SP1Y)
XEVEN(SP2X)
7
XODD(SP1X)
GND
GND
11P
CN3101
M
V
6
W
5
4
3
FG/PG
W
FG
COM
2
1
PG
2
LM(+)
M903
LOADING
MOTOR
FG-PG_COM
1
LM(-)
M
6
5
4
3
2
GND
1
U
V
V
W
W
COM
U
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
FG
10P
CN4402
PG
1
FG-PG_COM
LM(+)
2
2
2P
LM(-)
1
CN4401
J
1
COM2
2
G
I
COM1
1
CN5702
FP
4
3
VC-278 BOARD(2/2)
FP
3
BL_VDD
2
VP-117
H
2
BL_VDD
OSD_SO
E
F
TYPE SO
1
BL_GND
LCD_COM/XDATA
REC
TO
VC-278
BOARD(1/2)
FH(1/2)
(TYPE SO)
1/2 LCD/BL BLOCK
2/2 RGB/TG BLOCK
BL_CONT
SEIDEN_GND
6P
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
15
REG_GND
1
CN5704
1
16
2
1
(TYPE CA and SH)
BL_GND
20P
10P
CN5502
PD-156 BOARD
PD-160 BOARD
17
DCR-TRV740/
TRV740E/TRV840
S406,408
PAUSE
PAUSE/
PLAY
D
3
CN005
BL_REG
REW/
KEY_AD0
18
STOP/
D2.8V
4
BL_GND
FF/
5
S007
SEL/PUSH EXEC
SUPER NS,COLOUR SLOWS/
CN5703
BT001
5P
19
S401,403/405,
407,409
CN006
VGL
MEMORY INDEX/ MEMORY DELETE/
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(FK-2500)
LED
MEMORY(+)/
GND
/
MEMORY(-)/ MEMORY PLAY/
VGH
MPEG
CN5501
S005,013,017,018,026,028,029
SE_GND
SP(+)
20
1
4P
20P
SP(-)
CN5705
CN5701
C
2
BACK LIGHT/ DISPLAY/ VOLUME -/
RESET/ EDITSEARCH+/ -/
EXPOSURE
10P
SP901
SPEAKER
2P
CN5601
CN004
LED_GND
TITLE/ FADER/ MENU/ VOLUME +/
S001
(OPEN/CLOSE)
BATTERY
TERMINAL
DC IN
9
LCD903
B/W EVF
UNIT
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)
(For printed wiring boards)
• b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing.
(The other layers' patterns are not indicated.)
• Through hole is omitted.
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
• There are few cases that the part printed on diagram isn’t
mounted in this model.
• Chip parts.
Transistor
Diode
C
6 5 4
4 5 6
4
1 2 3
3 2 1
3 2 1
5
2
E
B
5 4 3
C
C
1
3
3
3
• Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measurement points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart of
pattern box. They are reference values and reference waveforms. *
(VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used.).
• Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOM
used.) *
2
1
3
4
1. Connection
Pattern box
B
E
2
1
2
1
2
1
(For schematic diagrams)
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. p: pF.
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums.
• Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.
kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Because it is damaged by the heat.
• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.
Example
C541
L452
22U
10UH
TA A
2520
1.5 m
Front of the lens
Kinds of capacitor
Temperature characteristics
External dimensions (mm)
2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a and
the Fig. b can be obtain.
Red
Blue
Yellow
White
Magenta
A=B
B A
Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)
Yellow
Cyan
Green
White
Magenta
Red
Blue
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
A B
H
Cyan
Green
• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate
that they are not used.
In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted.
• Signal name
XEDIT → EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC
• 2 : non flammable resistor
• 1 : fusible resistor
• C : panel designation
• A : B+ Line *
• B : B– Line *
•J
: IN/OUT direction of (+,–) B LINE. *
• C : adjustment for repair. *
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. *
* Indicated by the color red.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
Electron beam
scanned frame
CRT picture frame
Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)
When indicating parts by reference number, please include
the board name.
4-5
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
COVER
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Link
CD-358 BOARD (CCD IMAGER)
LB-076 BOARD (EVF, BACK LIGHT)
SI-032 BOARD (STEADY SHOT, LASER LINK)
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-2500)
PD-156 BOARD (1/2)
(CHA, DISPLAY DRIVE, BACK LIGHT)
PD-156 BOARD (2/2) (LCD DRIVE, TG)
PD-160 BOARD (1/2)
(CHA, DISPLAY DRIVE, BACK LIGHT)
PD-160 BOARD (2/2) (LCD DRIVE, TG)
LS-057, FP-228, FP-299, FP-300, FP-302, FP-301
FLEXIBLE BOARDS
FP-410 FLEXIBLE BOARD (AV TERMINAL)
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-1380)
COMMON NOTE FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
WAVEFORMS
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
4
5
6
7
2
1
3
4
5
A
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
EVF,BACKLIGHT
0
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
63
4.7
2.8
5
2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
4
IC701
NJM2125F(TE2)
1
0.2
C551
0.1u
B
C558
XX
CCD_OUT
R11.7
P0
5
6
CCD IMAGER
C564 C562
0.1u 10u
10V
B
TA
FB551
0uH
VDD
0
VL
V2
V1
4
IC551
7
R-7.1
P0
R-0.3
P0
R-0.4
P0
R-7.0
P0
R-7.5
P 0.4
R9.6
P0
R14.8
P0
3
8
4
2
2
9
GND
H1
RG
H2
1
1
D
GND
VSUB
5
V4
IC551
R552
0
V3
C
ICX427AK-13
14 13 12 11 10
RCSUB
R13.6
P0
R2.1
P0
R9.3
P0
3
L551 100uH
B
VCC
4.7
B
0.8
2
R553
0
D702
SML-310LTT
(TALLY)
0.1
3
C557
0.1u
B
46
1.7
2
5
0.2
0.8
24
V4
23
V3
XTALLY_LED
20
22
V2
LED_DA
19
21
V1
EVF_VDD
18
20
GND
LED_ON/OFF
17
19
H2
EVF_4.75V
16
18
RG
D_2.8V
15
17
H1
COM
14
16
COM
16
GND
VG
13
15
VG
15
CAM_-7.5V
VR
12
14
VR
14
VSUB
VB
TO
VC-278 BOARD
(1/25)
CN1501
C
CN701
TO
VC-278 BOARD(14/25)
CN7001
THROUGH THE
FP-407 FLEXIBLE
(PAGE 4-50)
20P
D701
NSCW100-T38
BACKLIGHT
R703
3300
BUFFER
4.7
R702
180k
± 0.5%
R706
33k
IC701
0
1
C555
XX
3
1
R701
33k
± 0.5%
R704
22
± 0.5%
VB
11
13
GND
10
12
BLK
GND
9
11
HCK1
(PAGE 4-23)
BLK
8
10
HCK2
HST
RCSUB
12
CAM_15V
11
GND
C563
0.1u
10
CCD_OUT+
HCK1
7
9
9
CCD_OUT-
HCK2
6
8
RGT
C561
3.3u
35V
TA
8
GND
HST
5
7
DWN
7
CLPDM
EN
4
6
EN
6
SHD
STB
3
5
STB
5
SHP
VCK
2
4
VCK
4
A_2.8V
VST
1
3
VST
3
GND
2
VSS
2
GND
1
VDD
1
GND
CN551
R707
6800
CN702
THROUGH
THE FP-317
FLEXIBLE
16P
LCD903
D
16
C702
2.2u
F
2012
24P
R9.6
P0
Q701
UP04601008S0
LED DRIVE
0.1
13
E
7
Q702
UP04312008S0
LED SWITCH
LB-076 BOARD
CCD IMAGER
6
5
3
4
2
CD-358 BOARD
A
LB-076 BOARD
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-73 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 4-91 for waveforms.
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
1
CD-358 BOARD
B/W
EVF UNIT
SIGNAL PATH
0
Q551
VIDEO SIGNAL
UN9213J-(TX).SO
LND551
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
RING
IC552
AD80017AJRURL
7
GND
6
BYP
6
CCD_IN
OUT1
3
SHD
GND
2
SHP
CLPDM
G
C559
0.1u
B
R0.7
P0
R0.6
P0
REC
IC552
PB
CCD IMAGER AMP
L552 10uH
2.8
VDD
1
GND
OUT2
5
BYP
BYP
4
8
BYP
0.4
R2.2
P0
R2.2
P0
1.7
9
R1.3
P0
14 13 12 11 10
C553
0.1u
B
C554 C556
0.1u 0.1u
B
B
F
R555
XX
R2.7
P0
C560
XX
C565
10u
6.3V
TA
C567
0.1u
B
C566
XX
Precautions Upon Replacing CCD imager
• The CD-358 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped
SIGNAL PATH
with a CCD imager.
When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the
H
VIDEO SIGNAL
old one and mount it onto the new one.
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
• If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the
REC
adjustments for the camera section.
PB
• As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from
its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.
In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts
I
nor exposed to strong light.
16
4-7
4-8
CD-358/LB-076
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
SI-032 PRINTED WIRING BOARD
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-75 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
8
7
9
11
10
12
13
14
SI-032 BOARD
STEADY SHOT,LASER LINK
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
FP-411
FLEXIBLE
CN301
J303
18P
REG_GND
18
LANC_SIG
17
XLANC_JACK_IN
16
LANC_DC
15
HP_GND
14
HP_R
13
HP_L
12
(LANC)
B
LANC_SIG
R316 470
XLANC_JACK_IN
LANC_DC
HP_GND
HP_R
J301
HP_L
(HEADPHONES)
J302
MIC
(PLUG IN POWER)
C
LND019
SEDEN_GND
HP_JACK_IN
11
EXT_MIC_R
10
EXT_MIC_L
9
MIC_GND
8
MIC_GND
7
REG_GND
6
PH302
FPI-222N1
MF_B
5
MF_LED
4
MF_4.75V
3
REG_GND
2
MF_A
1
HP_JACK_IN
EXT_MIC_R
EXT_MIC_L
C314
6800p
B
1608
C315
6800p
B
1608
MF_B
MF_LED
CN304
R301
120
LANC_DC
MF_A
LANC_SIG
PH301
FPI-222N1
VDR301
VDR302
D
XLANC_JACK_IN
D304
UDZSTE-178.2B
VDR303
R307
0
CH_GND
E
D309
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
LND301
D313
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
HP_GND
HP_R
D303
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
HP_L
FB301
0uH
HP_JACK_IN
4
2.8V
LIA1
1
Vref1
SE301
PITCH SENSER
2
D306
SML-310LTT86
(TALLY)
GND
F
C310
0.1u
B
EXT_MIC_R
3
EXT_MIC_L
C309
XX
B
C311
22u
4V
TA A
G
MF_B
MF_LED
C305
0.1u
B
IC301
LIA2
1
4.7
3
C313
XX
B
C312
22u
4V
A
MIC901
MIC UNIT
I
CN302
MIC
L
MIC
R
16
SI-032
INT_MIC_L
D301
CL-310IRS-X-TU
(IR EMITTER)
D312
XX
AUDIO
SIGNAL
R OUT
GND
REC
D302
CL-310IRS-X-TU
(IR EMITTER)
VCC
D311
XX
D310
XX
4P
R321
XX
4.4
3
2
IC301
NJL61H400A
2
SE302
YAW SENSER
3.9
PB
Q301
2SD1938(F)-S(TX).SO
LED DRIVE
0.2
1
GND
INT_MIC_R
2
3
GND
4
4-9
29
LANC_DC
28
LANC_SIG
27
XLANC_JACK_IN
26
LIA1
25
VREF1
24
LIA2
23
VREF2
22
SE_GND
21
HP_GND
20
HP_R
19
HP_L
18
INT_MIC_GND
17
INT_MIC_R
16
INT_MIC_L
15
HP_JACK_IN
14
SE_2.8V
13
IR_ON/SIRCS_PWM
12
SIRCS_SIG
11
F_LED_2.8V
10
XF_TALLY_LED
9
REG_GND
8
REG_GND
7
EXT_MIC_R
6
EXT_MIC_L
5
EXT_MIC_GND
4
A_4.75V
3
MF_B
2
MF_LED
1
MF_A
SIGNAL PATH
RECIEVER
GND
2.8V
Vref2
H
4
MT_5V
REMOTE COMMANDER
FB302
0uH
1
MF_A
R320
56
1/10W
2012
R319
56
1/10W
2012
30
4-10
30P
TO
VC-278 BOARD(24/25)
CN1103
THROUGH THE
FP-406 FLEXIBLE
(PAGE 4-70)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-2500)
A
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
S023
CN002
B
22P
C
TO
VC-278 BOARD
(25/25)
CN1110
(PAGE 4-71)
D
SP+
1
SP-
2
BATT_LI_3V
BT001
(LITHIUM BATTERY)
1
REG_GND
2
XHI_RESET
3
KEY_AD4
4
D_2.8V
3
5
KEY_AD3
KEY_AD0
4
6
KEY_AD2
D_2.8V
REG_GND
5
7
XHI_RESET
6
8
KEY_AD4
7
9
D_2.8V
8
10
REG_GND
KEY_AD3
9
11
DIAL_B
KEY_AD2
10
12
DIAL_A
11
13
KEY_AD2
12
14
REG_GND
13
DIAL_A
14
16
LCD_COM/XDATA
17
OSD_SO
18
XOSD_SCK
19
EVER_3.0V
20
DISP_BL
21
REG_GND
22
R002
20k
R003
20k
CH GND
LND002
D_2.8V
15
S007
SEL/PUSH EXEC
OPEN/CLOSE SW
DIAL_B
KEY_AD2
14P
KEY_AD1
KEY_AD1
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
R004
20k
R027
20k
RESET
S004
FOCUS
R006 2400
BACK LIGHT
R013
4400
FADER
R016 7800
EXPOSURE
CH GND
R019 16.4k
R022
54k
LND003
S001
(OPEN/CLOSE)
S026
S005
MEMORY INDEX
E
R010 3000
S027
S010
S016
R007 2400
MPEG
MEMORY MIX
R012 3000
TITLE
S013
S028
S029
R011 3000
R014 4400
MEMORY DELETE
R015 4400
MENU
R017 7800
MEMORY(+)
S017
R020 16.4k
MEMORY(-)
S018
R023 54k
MEMORY PLAY
(TYPE CA and SH MODEL)
TO
PD-156 BOARD(1/2)
CN5704
THROUGH THE
VP-117(CP-076)
HARNESS
CN005
(PAGE 4-13)
F
TO
PD-160 BOARD(1/2)
CN5704
6P
CL001
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
1
LCD_COM/XDATA
2
OSD_SO
3
XOSD_SCK
4
DISP_LCD_VDD
5
DISP_BL
6
THROUGH THE
VP-117(CP-076)
HARNESS
S003
CL002
S006
END SEARCH
CL003
PB ZOOM
R008 2400
S012
S009
S022
S015
R018
7800
VOLUME +
R021 16.4k
VOLUME -
S019
R024 54k
DISPLAY
CL004
CL005
CL006
(PAGE 4-17)
S024
S025
(TYPE SO MODEL)
3
2
1
SEIDEN_GND
5P
LND004
4
2
PAUSE
1
SP(-)
REG_GND
SP(+)
5
2P
D2.8V
CN004
SP901
SPEAKER
G
KEY_AD0
R025
EDITSEARCH(+)
2400
R026 3000
EDITSEARCH(-)
CN006
CH GND
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(FK-2500)
CL001
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-2500,FK-2500)
are replaced as a block.
So that its PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.
10k
H
R409
Abbreviation
EE :East European
NE :North European
RU :Russian
HK :Hong Kong
AUS:Australian
CH :Chinese
JE :Tourist
S405
PAUSE
SIGNAL PATH
TYPE SH:TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
TYPE CA:TRV840
TYPE SO:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/TRV840
I
AUDIO
SIGNAL
S401
Note : LCD901 type check is refer to page 5-32 for “1-5-1. LCD Type Check”
of this manual .
SUPER NS/COLOUR SLOWS
ANALOG IN
DV IN
(DCR-TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840)
S404
J
R403
1200
REW
R405
1500
S403
S409
S407
STOP
PLAY
R407
2200
S406
FF
R408
3900
S408
REC
R406
8200
16
4-11
4-12
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-2500)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
PD-156 BOARD SIDE A
PD-156 BOARD SIDE B
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-79 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 4-91 for waveforms.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TYPE SH
TYPE CA
PD-156 BOARD(1/2)
(TYPE CA and SH MODEL)
LCD DRIVER,BACK LIGHT(BL/LCD BLOCK)
20P
SE_GND
20
BL_GND
19
BL_REG
18
BL_CONT
17
PANEL_-15.3V
16
PANEL_-15.3V
PANEL_13.3V
15
PANEL_13.3V
PANEL_4.75V
14
PANEL_4.75V
PANEL_2.8V
13
PANEL_2.8V
REG_GND
12
REG_GND
VD_SCK
11
XVC_SCK
XCS_LCD
10
XCS_PANEL
VD_SO
9
XVC_SO
PANEL_XVD
8
XVD
B
TO
VC-278 BOARD
(24/25)
CN1106
L5602
4.7uH
(PAGE 4-70)
PANEL_XHD
7
SYNC
PANEL_HOLD
6
HOLD
PANEL_B
5
PANEL_B
PANEL_G
4
PANEL_G
PANEL_R
PANEL_R
3
XPANEL_REV
2
XRST_VTR
1
D
CN5601
XSYS_RST
R5614
INVERTER
TRANSFORMER
5 Q5602
XX
Q5604
CPH5504-TL-E
OSC
R5605
XX
XX
1
2
3
4
GND
5
GND
6
IC5602
VCC
CURRENT DETECT
4
N.C.
N.C.
IC5602
TA75S393F-TE85R
R5702
XX
R5703
XX
SE_GND
R5602
100k
3
2
D5603
XX
10
BL_HIGH
9
N.C.
8
N.C.
7
N.C.
6
N.C.
5
N.C.
4
N.C.
3
BL_LOW
2
LED
1
LED_GND
10P
ND901
BACK LIGHT
5
1
R5608
XX
LD5605
6
D5602
XX
R5603
12k
S601
(PANEL REVERSE)
C5606
12p
3kV
SL
T5601
1
2
4
10
1
PANEL_REV
PANEL_REV
DV IN
6
4
C5608
XX
3
Y/CHROMA
3
46
3
Y
ANALOG IN
1 TO(2/2)
5
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
2
2
6P
LND007
E
R5604
XX
C5603
0.015u
B
12
14
SIGNAL PATH
R5601
1800
1/10W
Q5603
XX
CN5702
13
5
FP-412
FLEXIBLE
L5601
100uH
C5607
4.7u
B
12
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Abbreviation
EE:East European
NE:North European
RU:Russian
1
THROUGH THE
VP-117(VP-076)
HARNESS
C
11
:TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
:TRV840
LCD Type Check
By measuring resistor value between
pin 6 and pin 0 (GND) of CN5502.
the type of LCD can be discriminated.
2.2k:LCD type SH
6.8k:LCD type CA
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
CN5701
10
3
A
9
5
1
4
D5605
XX
D5601
MA111-(K8).S0
1
2
C5605
0.1u
B
C5604
0.1u
B
A
IC5601
TC7W53FU(TE12R)
1
VCC
8
2
INH
CH0
7
VEE
CH1
6
IC5601
GND
5
BACKLIGHT
BRIGHT SWITCH
DETIN
BL_ON
R5613
10k (TYPE SH MODEL)
18k (TYPE CA MODEL)
COM
3
F
R5612
10k
4
D5604
XX
R5607
470
R5606
22k
R5609
XX
A
R5613
*
FP-414 FLEXIBLE is replaced as a block.
So that this PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted.
Q5601
RN1104F(TPL3)
BL SWITCH
2 TO(2/2)
FP-414
DAC
CN5705
LED
COM1
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG4
SEG16
SEG3
SEG17
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
SEG18
COM2
H
SEG5
SEG6
4
5
DISP_BL
6
SO
SCK
C5701
0.1u
B
SCK
SO
1
3
XOSD_SCK
DISP_LCD_VDD
C/XD
VSS
4
3
OSC2
VC
5
2
OSD_SO
OSC1
VLCD
6
LCD_COM/XDATA
XCS
VDD
SEG10
IC5701
SEG9
SEG8
CHARACTOR
DISPLAY DRIVER
SEG7
SEG6
IC5701
BU9735K-E2
SEG5
SCK
SEG4
SD
SEG3
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
(PAGE 4-11)
1
7
I
6P
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
8
CN5704
2
R5704
680k
TO
CONTROL
SWITCH BLOCK
(CF-2500)
CN005
THROUGH THE
VP-117(CP-076)
HARNESS
SEG10
SEG9
SEG2
SEG7
SEG8
SEG8
SEG7
SEG6
SEG5
SEG4
SEG3
SEG9
SEG10
SEG1
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG2
SEG1
COM4
COM3
C/XD
COM2
XCS
COM1
SEG16
J
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SEG15
COM3
SEG2
SEG1
COM4
COM3
COM2
COM1
C/XD
16
4-13
BL_GND
2
BL_GND
D902
3
BL_VDD
BACK
LIGHT
4
BL_VDD
1
COM1
2
COM2
3
SEG3
4
SEG4
CN5703
5
SEG5
6
SEG6
7
SEG2
8
SEG7
9
SEG8
10
SEG9
11
SEG10
12
SEG1
13
SEG11
14
SEG12
15
SEG13
16
SEG14
17
SEG16
18
SEG15
19
COM3
20
COM4
COM4
XCS
PD-156 (1/2)
FLEXIBLE
1
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG16
G
4P
4-14
20P
LCD902
CHARACTER
DISPLAY
UNIT
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-79 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 4-91 for waveforms.
3
2
1
4
6
5
TYPE SH
TYPE CA
PD-156 BOARD(2/2)
(TYPE CA and SH MODEL)
DRIVER,TIMING GEN.(RGB/TG BLOCK)
A
7
8
9
10
11
PD-156 BOARD SIDE B
12
13
14
15
:TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
:TRV840
PANEL_-15.3V
Abbreviation
EE :East European Model
NE :North European Model
RU :Russian Model
FB5502
0uH
FB5503
*
PANEL_13.3V
B
PANEL_4.75V
L5502
0.01u
COM_FRP
FRP
BLK
4.7
13.3
Vcc3
N.C
COM_OUT
FRP
GND3
0.7
1.4
1.4
0.2
2.7
BLACK_IN
BGP
COM_FRP
6
N.C
1.4
9
10
G
FB5501
0uH
0uH
XX
R5529
XX
0
IC5501
CXA3592R
RB5P003AM1
R5530
XX
0
IC5502
LZ9FF474
CM7021L3-E
R5531
180k
XX
L5502
XX
10uH
R5532
100k
XX
L5503
6.8uH
8.2uH
R5533
1M
XX
Q5502
MGSF1P02LT
XX
R5540
100k
XX
Q5503
HN1B04FE-Y
XX
R5541
100k
XX
Q5504
UP04601008SO
XX
RB5502
1Mx4
XX
Q5505
DTC144EHT2L
XX
RB5503
10kx4
XX
R5513
1M
XX
R5514
XX
0
R5510
68k
R5516
*
C5519
0.1u
B
R5525
*
TG24
24
23
22
21
D5502
1SV290(TPL3)
TG22
TG21
C5516
*
CH
TG20
TG19
D5503
*
XP.SAVE
XC.SAVE
2.8
25
DR.P.SAVE
VDD/RES
IC5502
*
VDD/TESTI
RESET/EX2
XCS
STBYB/PSG
SO
GSRT/MODE2
9
SI
GPCK/MODE1
VSYB
GRES/EX1
7
SYNC
3
BL-ON
4
2.7
0.2
2
5
2.8
1
W/H
HDI
HDB
L
6
7
8
9
10
11
CPMODE/CLS
CP/SPS
24
23
22
21
20
0.1
4.7
1.2
TG23
1.4
TG22
2.8
TG21
2.3
TG20
1.4
R5515
*
TG19
VSH
23
VSH3V
VDD
22
GND
VSS
21
VB
VB
20
VG
VG
19
VR
VR
18
SPD
HCNT
17
CLD
MCLK
16
CTR
CLR
15
PSS2
14
PSS1
13
RES
STBYB
12
CLS
VBC
11
VCOM
10
EX2
RESET
9
PSG
STBYB
8
MO2
GSRT
7
MO1
GPCK
6
EX1
GRES
5
SPS
N.C.
4
VGLAC
VDD
3
VGL
2
GND
VSS
1
VGH
VGH
R5520
*
2.8
LCD901
2.5/3.5INCH
LCD UNIT
OE
SRT
13.8
VCOM
VGL
CN5501
24P
2.5INCH LCD MODEL :DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E: AEP,EE,NE,RU
3.5INCH LCD MODEL :DCR-TRV840
C5530
*
B
-15.6
2.8
C5531
*
B
RB5502
*
-15.0
Q5505
*
SWITCH
TG18
0
Q5504
*
SWITCHING
0
2.8
-15.6
TG17
2.8
TG16
2.8
TG15
2.8
TG14
2.8
TG13
R5540
*
R5518
*
R5529
*
SIGNAL PATH
12
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
R5519
*
XHD_OUT
VSH5V
RB5503
*
R5533
*
TG12
SYNC
Q5503
*
SWITCH
4.7
4.7
C5532
XX
R5532
*
HOLD
XVD_OUT
C5524
1u B
TG24
2.5
XVD
19
XSCK
18
SRT/PSS1
Timing Generator
17
COM_FRP
16
OE/PSS2
15
CLR/CTR
IC5502
14
SW
13
HCNT/SPD
MCLK/CLD
TYPE CA
MODEL
24
R5541
*
R5530
*
Q5502
*
LCD ON REG
SWCOM
FRP
R5528
*
R5514
*
8
BGP
GND
GND
13.6
1.3
1.4
2.8
OSCI
XC.SAVE
26
OSCO
1.4
2.8
PD
PS/VDD
27
TESTI
40
41
42
28
TESTI
2.3
XVD
29
PWM
2.8
30
LED
0.2
31
0
XVC_SO
32
TESTI/GND
2.8
33
GND
POCB
2.8
XTG_SO
43
2.8
34
GND/TESTI
XCS_PANEL
K
C5504
0.01u
B
44
2.5
XVC_SCK
45
1.4
46
1.4
47
FRP
COM_FRP
48
J
0.1
BLK
39
38
2.7
37
C5508
XX
BGP
35
-IN/TESTO
36
R5526
XX
BL-DET
XCS_PANEL
Q5501
XX
TG13
R5534
0
2.8
I
R5504
XX
+IN/TESTO
XCS_PANEL
TG16
TG15
HOLD
XVC_SCK
XHD_OUT
9
10
TG12
TG17
XVC_SO
2.8
XVC_SCK
C-SYNC/XHD
TG23
C5515
0.001u
B
C5528
*
TA A
C5529
XX
PANEL_ID
7
TYPE SH
MODEL
C5521
1u B
2012
C5522
XX
TG14
OUT/TESTO
HOLD
XVC_SO
VR
6
C5520
10u
16V
XVD
2.8
XVD
SYNC
PANEL_COM
5
8
RB5501
100x4
TG18
SYF
SYNC
VG
4
(FOR ADJUSTMENT)
XHD_OUT
REG_GND
XSYS_RST
XVD_OUT
3
13.3
R5513
*
H
2
4.7
L5503
*
R5539
XX
10P
VB
CPC
R5522
*
SYNC
1.6
R5512
100k
C5512
0.1u
B
R5511
1M
R5509
22k
0
FB5503
C5523
XX
R5508
68k
R5507
47k
2.3
12
C5511
560p
CH
R5506
2700
XX
C5518
0.1u
B
D5505
XX
11
R5528
CN5502
1.6
20
N.C
8
XX
17
N.C
7
1SS355TE-17
2.3
16
Vcc4
6
0
D5503
XVD_OUT
C5517
0.1u
B
1.6
15
5
5
XX
18
R_DC_DET
G_IN
4
R5525
1
19
1
VSH
3
XX
Vcc2
VR
GND1
2
0.01u B
2.3
14
38
39
40
41
VG
4
1
6.8k
C5531
0
XP.SAVE
R_IN
2.2k
120k
GND2
F
R5522
13
C5507
1.3
XX
10k
N.C
0.01u
0.01u B
XX
VCO
C5506
PANEL_R
0
C5530
R5518
TRAP_ADJ
B_IN
XX
XX
XX
2.8
1.6
0
R5520
XX
IC5501
*
OP_OUT
0.01u
TYPE CA
R5519
XX
5.6k
IC5501
LPF_ADJ
TYPE SH
82p/50V
1u/20V TA
0
G_DC_DET
DRIVER
TYPE CA
68p/50V CH
R5517
B_DC_DET
Vcc1
TYPE SH
R5516
2
XSCK
XCS
18
C5528
R5515
XC.SAVE
SI
17
C5516
25
VB
OP_IN-
C5505
26
1.4
PANEL_B
PANEL_G
27
1.4
1.3
28
OP_IN+
2.8
XP.SAVE
29
BIAS
R5503
82k
C5514
10u
6.3V
TA A
C5513
0.01u
B
3
N.C
1.1
30
1.4
R5502
XX
31
N.C
2.8
32
N.C
R5501
470k
R5523
0
33
N.C
E
C5503
XX
C5510
0.01u
B
EXT_DA2
N.C
C5501
4.7u
B
37
R_INJECT
2.8
PANEL_2.8V
42
TO(1/2)
43
1
2.8
XCS_PANEL
44
2.7
XTG_SO
45
2.8
46
2.9
XVC_SCK
47
XC.SAVE
48
1.6
34
N.C
35
EXT_DA1
36
1.1
1.5
0.7
C
L5501
47uH
2520
C5509
3.3u
25V
R5505
15k
R5531
*
D
BGP
C5527
0.01u
B
*
16
*MARKED:MOUNT TABLE
LCD Type Check
By measuring resistor value between
pin 6 and pin 0 (GND) of CN5502.
the type of LCD can be discriminated.
2.2k:LCD type SH
6.8k:LCD type CA
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
PD-156 BOARD SIDE A
Y
Y/CHROMA
REC
R5517
*
PB
M
BL_ON
R5521
47k
LED
DETIN
16
D5504
4-15
XX
2
TO(1/2)
DAC
4-16
PD-156 (2/2)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
PD-160 BOARD SIDE A
PD-160 BOARD SIDE B
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-83 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 4-92 for waveforms.
2
1
3
4
PD-160 BOARD(1/2)
(TYPE SO MODEL)
CHA.DISPLAY DRIVE,BACK LIGHT(LCD/BL BLOCK)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
CN5701
TYPE SO
7
20
BL_GND
19
BL_REG
18
BL_CONT
17
PANEL_-15.3V
16
PANEL_13.3V
15
PANEL_4.75V
14
PANEL_2.8V
13
PANEL_2.8V
REG_GND
12
REG_GND
VD_SCK
11
XVC_SCK
XCS_LCD
10
XCS_PANEL
B
TO
VC-278 BOARD
(24/25)
CN1106
L5602
4.7uH
L5601
100uH
C5602
4.7u
B
10
LCD Type Check
By measuring resistor value between
pin 6 and pin 0 (GND) of CN5502.
the type of LCD can be discriminated.
2.2k:LCD type SH
6.8k:LCD type CA
:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/TRV840
20P
SE_GND
9
8
R5610
1800
1/10W
(PAGE 4-70)
Abbreviation
HK :Hong Kong
AUS:Australian
CH :Chinese
JE :Tourist
R5613
XX
5
VD_SO
9
XVC_SO
PANEL_XVD
8
XVD
PANEL_XHD
7
SYNC
C
PANEL_HOLD
6
5
PANEL_B
PANEL_G
4
PANEL_G
PANEL_R
3
2
5.1
5
PANEL_B
XPANEL_REV
3
CN5601
1 TO(2/2)
12
4
25
10
T5601
1
3
-0.6
Q5604
CPH5504-TL
OSC
Q5602
TPC6C01(TE85R)
OSC
INVERTER
TRANSFORMER
PANEL_R
R5616
XX
XSYS_RST
1
Q5603
XX
IC5602
TA75S393F-TE85R
IC5602
FP-412
2.8
VCC
R5619
XX
LND007
PANEL_REV
1
PANEL_REV
2
3
N.C.
4
1
GND
5
GND
6
N.C.
7
N.C.
6
N.C.
5
N.C.
4
N.C.
3
BL_LOW
2
LED
1
LED_GND
ND901
BACK LIGHT
SIGNAL PATH
4
D5601
MA111-(K8).S0
3
C5605
0.1u
B
CH_GND
SE_GND
S601
(PANEL REVERSE)
8
5
1.7
R5621
XX
D5603
XX
LND705
N.C.
N.C.
0.4
2.8
4
6P
CN5702
D5605
XX
10P
BL_HIGH
9
2
2
CURRENT DETECT
D5602
XX
63
R5611
180k
1
R5702
XX
5
D
10
C5607
12p
3kV
SL
DCR-TRV740/
TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE
DCR-TRV840
XRST_VTR
4
C5608
XX
46
3
FP-414 FLEXIBLE is replaced as a block.
So that this PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted.
6
2
C5604
0.015u
B
5.1
E
13
12
1
THROUGH THE
VP-117(VP-076)
HARNESS
FLEXIBLE
11
PANEL_13.3V
-0.6
A
6
5
R5617
22k
R5612
22k
VIDEO SIGNAL
C5606
0.1u
B
Y
CHROMA
Y/CHROMA
ANALOG IN
R5618
470
DV IN
R5620
XX
R5609
10k
D5604
XX
1
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
COM
VCC
INH
CH0
8
2.8
1
1.8
2
2
F
R5614
10k: DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,
HK,AUS,CH,JE MODEL
18k: DCR-TRV840 MODEL
IC5601
TC7W53FU(TE12R)
1.8
7
0
R5614
*
VEE
GND
CH1
6
3
0
4
2.8
DETIN
0
Q5601
DTC144EHT2L
SWITCH
2 TO(2/2)
A
5
2.8
BL_ON
IC5601
BACK LIGHT
BRIGHT SWITCH
DAC
G
FP-414
LED
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
COM2
SEG3
SEG4
3
THROUGH THE
VP-117(CP-076)
HARNESS
XOSD_SCK
4
DISP_LCD_VDD
5
(PAGE 4-11)
DISP_BL
VSS
VC
2.0
XCS
C/XD
SO
C5701
0.1u
B
SCK
10
3.0
3.0
VLCD
VDD
SCK
3.0
SO
0.7
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
IC5701
SEG9
CHARACTOR
DISPLAY DRIVER
IC5701
BU9735K-E2
SEG7
SEG8
SEG6
SEG5
7
3.0
6
SEG16
SEG10
SCK
SEG4
SD
SEG3
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
OSD_SO
1
2
2
LCD_COM/XDATA
OSC2
3
1
5
6P
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
SEG2
SEG7
OSC1
6
CN5704
TO
CONTROL
SWITCH BLOCK
(CF-2500)
CN005
SEG6
8
I
SEG5
1.5
4
R5704
680k
SEG17
SEG18
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
1.5
SEG10
SEG8
1.5
SEG9
SEG9
1.5
SEG8
SEG10
1.5
SEG7
SEG1
1.5
SEG6
SEG11
1.5
SEG5
SEG12
1.5
SEG4
SEG13
1.5
SEG3
SEG14
SEG16
J
COM4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
COM3
SEG2
SEG1
COM4
COM3
COM2
C/XD
1.5
XCS
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0
9
2.9
XCS
16
COM1
SEG15
4-17
SEG2
SEG1
COM4
COM3
COM2
COM1
C/XD
4-18
FLEXIBLE
BL_GND
2
BL_GND
D902
3
BL_VDD
BACK
LIGHT
4
BL_VDD
1
COM1
2
COM2
CN5703
COM1
H
4P
1
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG16
CN5705
PD-160 (1/2)
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
3
SEG3
4
SEG4
5
SEG5
6
SEG6
7
SEG2
8
SEG7
9
SEG8
10
SEG9
11
SEG10
12
SEG1
13
SEG11
14
SEG12
15
SEG13
16
SEG14
17
SEG16
18
SEG15
19
COM3
20
COM4
20P
LCD902
CHARACTER
DISPLAY
UNIT
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-83 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 4-92 for waveforms.
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
TYPE SO
(TYPE SO MODEL)
PD-160 BOARD(2/2)
A
4
PD-160 BOARD SIDE A
9
10
:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/TRV840
LCD DRIVE,TG(RGB/TG BLOCK)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
L5504
XX
2520
PD-160 BOARD SIDE B
11
12
13
14
15
LCD Type Check
By measuring resistor value between
pin 6 and pin 0 (GND) of CN5502.
the type of LCD can be discriminated.
2.2k:LCD type SH
6.8k:LCD type CA
FRP
C5510
0.01u
B
R5505
XX
B
VP
VG
VR
VB
VP
C5509
3.3u
25V
PFRP
BLK
BGP
FB5504
0uH
PRG
PANEL_13.3V
CN5502
VB
XVD_OUT
VG
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
13.4
1.7
7.1
2.8
1.4
1.4
2.8
0
2.7
1.8
0.7
C5532
1u
B 2012
27
26
VR
25
Vcc2
P_DC_DET
6
R_IN
5
6
7
9
10
11
23
22
21
20
24
TEST1
23
COM
22
VST
21
VCK
20
EN
19
DWN
18
VDD
D5503
RD3.3UM-T1B
17
VSS
16
VDOG
C5534
1u
B
2012
15
VVSSG
14
CS
13
WIDE
12
HST
11
REF
10
SOUT
9
CRext
8
HCK2
7
HCK1
6
PSIG
5
G
4
R
3
B
2
RGT
1
TEST2
19
18
Q5506
DTC144EHT2L
LCD SWITCH
13.4
RB5502
100KX4
C5540
0.1u
B
1608
R5588
XX
12
CN5501
C5511
560p
SH4
SH3
SH2
SH1
R5506
2700
G
TG23
R5512
100k
D5502
1SV290(TPL3)
TG22
TG21
C5515
0.001u
B
R5511
1M
R5509
22k
C5516
*
R5510
68k
L5505
*
REG_GND
H
XP.SAVE
XC.SAVE
SH4
SH3
SH1
C5529
XX
SH2
TG20
R5591
XX
TG18
R5504
XX
TG17
TG16
XSYS_RST
1.4
PFRP
2.5
XVC_SCK
J
FRP
PFRP
2.8
24
XSTBY
EN
DWN
IC5502
WIDE
23
1.4
1.4
VCK
Timing Generator
XSCK
VDD
0
TG24
1.4
TG23
2.5
TG22
VDD
NDS356AP
100k
82k
XVD
2.7
0
9
0.2
TG20
18
2
7.6
1
7.0
DETIN
GND
TST0
LED
PWM
TEST
TEST
TEST
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2.6
SYNC
XVD_OUT
C5536
0.1u
B
R5575
68k
Q5504
2SA1774HT2L
LEVEL SHIFT
R5572
10k
2.8
0
TG18
1
3
1.4
TG17
TG16
0
TG15
2.8
TG14
SIGNAL PATH
5
2
1.4
7.0
6.4
13.4
64
VIDEO SIGNAL
7.0
CHROMA
Q5508
UP04601008S0
SWITCH
Y
Y/CHROMA
ANALOG IN
DV IN
2.5INCH LCD MODEL
3.5INCH LCD MODEL
:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE
:DCR-TRV840
0
BL_ON
2
2.9
XWRT
1
2.8
HDO
7
SYNC
L
POFF
TSTEN
:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE
:DCR-TRV840
1.0
7.0
3
TG21
2.5INCH LCD MODEL
3.5INCH LCD MODEL
13.4
47k
0.3
22k
XVD
RGT
HD
R5522
VDO
LCD901
2.5/3.5INCH
LCD UNIT
XHD_OUT
K
SI
17
MGSF1PO2LT
R5503
2.0
16
Q5505
XVC_SO
HCK1
15
6.8uH
SO
HCK2
14
CXD3516R-T4
27uH
HST
13
CXD3512R-T4
L5505
44
IC5502
2.2
XTG_SO
45
100p/50V
46
82p/50V
IC5502
*
XCS
47
C5516
2.7
XCS_PANEL
48
DCR-TRV840
46
5
0
R5574
820k
R5576
1M
1.6
6.4
DCR-TRV740/
TRV740E:E,HK,
AUS,CH,JE
2.8
C5504
0.01u
B
*MARKED:MOUNT TABLE
R5573
10k
Q5503
UP04601008S0
SWITCH
7.6
22
SBLK
VST
8
21
1.4
FRP
PRG
TG15
20
0
24P
25
19
BLK
26
XCLP
38
2.8
39
Abbreviation
HK :Hong Kong
AUS:Australian
CH :Chinese
JE :Tourist
2.7
PRG
40
BGP
41
XCS_PANEL
Q5501
XX
No Mt
42
XCS_PANEL
43
XVC_SCK
37
XVC_SCK
27
OSCI
28
OSCO
2.8
1.4
29
XC.SAVE
VSS
30
RPD
2.8
31
SHA
32
TEST
0.5
2.8
33
SHB
XVC_SO
XVC_SO
C5508
XX
34
SHG
R5560
XX
35
SHR
XVD
I
36
XVD
XCLR
SYNC
0.5
0
0.5
R5590
0
SYNC
(FOR ADJUSTMENT)
C5538
0.01u
B
TG24
FB5502
0uH
XHD_OUT
C5533
4.7u
B
3216
C5512
0.1u
B
R5508
68k
R5507
47k
8
CPC
2.8
C5519
1u
B 2012
COM_DC
VCO
OP_OUT
OP_IN-
8
XHD
TG14
6.8
4
2.4
0.5
2.8
F
3
MAKER_CHECK
7
0
R5579
150k
1.4
2
1
VR
6
17
COM_IN
4
PSIG
5
10P
13.4
0
1.7
VG
4
GND
VR
16
Vcc3
COM_OUT
5
C5518
1u B 2012
7.1
3
GND
13
G_IN
R5577
470k
RB5501
100X4
1.7
14
B_IN
VG
XVD_OUT
10
13.4
C5517
1u B 2012
7.1
VB
2
9
Q5505
*
LCD B+ REG
VB
1.7
15
VREF
7.1
24
VP
PFRP
XVP.SAVE
FRP
PRG
BGP
BLACK_IN
N.C.
EXT_DA
GND1
XP.SAVE
OP_IN+
48
LPF_ADJ
1.4
0.01u
1.8
PANEL_R
GND2/N.C.
1.4
C5507
1.8
R_DC_DET
IC5501
CXA3289AR-T4
BIAS
0.01u
0.01u
PANEL_G
1 TO(1/2)
VR
TRAP_ADJ
GND/N.C.
C5505
C5506
47
E
Vcc1
1.4
46
1.8
PANEL_B
3
DRIVER
SH_A
45
2.8
IC5501
XCS
SH_B
44
1.4
R5503 *
XP.SAVE
G_DC_DET
0.5
2.8
VG
SI
SH_G
R5501
470k
43
C5503
XX
C5501
4.7u
B
2
XSCK
SH_R
PANEL_2.8V
B_DC_DET
2.8
42
2.8
R5522
*
VB
XC.SAVE
0.5
XCS_PANEL
L5501
47uH
2.7
XHD_OUT
1
N.C./C_BG
XSH.SAVE
2.0
39
XTG_SO
40
XVC_SCK
2.5
38
2.8
XC.SAVE
D
1.2
41
C
37
C5527
XX
N.C./R_INJECT
SYNC
1
DAC
BL_ON
R5551
47k
2 TO(1/2)
LED
DETIN
D5504
XX
M
16
4-19
4-20
PD-160 (2/2)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
LS-057 BOARD
Q002
TAPE END
SENSOR
Q001
TAPE TOP
SENSOR
FP-301
FLEXIBLE
D001
TAPE LED
H002
3
S REEL
SENSOR
4
1
2
ME/MP
REC PROOF
2
1
H001
3
T REEL
SENSOR
4
Hi8 MP
S001
2
1
FP-300
FLEXIBLE
FP-410
A
1
TAPE TOP (C)
2
TAPE END (C)
3
TAPE LED (K)
4
TAPE LED (A)
5
GND
6
S REEL (-)
7
S REEL (+)
8
SENSOR (Vcc)
9
T REEL (+)
10
T REEL (-)
3
4
5
FLEXIBLE
LND201
SHASSIS GND
CN203
5P
GND
TO
MECHA
CONTROL
BLOCK
VC-278
BOARD
(16/25)
CN4404
(PAGE4-53)
of LEVEL 3
11 HALL COM
12 ME/MP
13 REC PROOF
14 Hi8 MP
15 C LOCK SW
(USB)
4
D+
3
D-
2
VCC
1
CN202
C
5
ID
B
CN1104
4P
24
REG_GND
23
REG_GND
22
D+
21
VCC
20
REG_GND
19
18
TPA
4
REG_GND
3
NTPA
17
TPB
2
TPA
16
NTPB
1
TPB
15
NTPB
14
REG_GND
13
AV_JACK_IN
J201
AUDIO_L_I/O
SOL001
REG_GND
CL001
AUDIO/VIDEO
D
24P
D-
NTPA
DV
IN/OUT
S002
C.C. LOCK
VIDEO_I/O
REG_GND
CL002
G
AUDIO_R_I/O
Y
DEW SENSOR
2
A
3
B
4
C
1
5
MR
2
SENSOR
3
6
FG1 (Vo2)
VCC
FG2 (Vo1)
7
8
4
FP-228
FLEXIBLE
DEW
GND (C0M)
9 COIL-U
10 COIL-U
11 COIL-W
M902
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
12 COIL-W
13 COIL-V
14 COIL-V
3
4
2
HE
3
4
2
HE
3
4
1
1
15
VH+
16
HU 1
17
HU 2
18
HV 1
19
HV 2
20
21
HW 1
HW 2
22
VH-
E
TO
MECHA
CONTROL
BLOCK
VC-278
BOARD
(16/25)
CN4403
(PAGE4-53)
of LEVEL 3
2
HE
G
FP-299
FLEXIBLE
1
TO
VC-278 BOARD(24/25)
CN1104
(PAGE 4-69
of LEVEL 3)
10
9
8
7
6
S_GND
5
4
REG_GND
3
S_C_I/O
2
XS_JACK_IN
1
SIGNAL PATH
LND101
F
12
11
S_GND
S_Y_I/O
CL003
S VIDEO
C
S901
MODE SWITCH
7
6
AV TERMINAL
USB
FP-302
FLEXIBLE
M2000 MECHANISM DECK FP-410 FLEXIBLE BOARD
SHASSIS GND
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
REC
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(SS-1380)
PB
MEMORY
S001
G
CAMERA
POWER
OFF
MEMORY
VTR
CAMERA
S002
XVTR_MODE_SW
1
REG_GND
2
XPHOTO_STBY_SW
3
XCAM_MODE_SW
4
XS/S_SW
5
REG_GND
6
KEY_AD5
7
XPHOTO_FREEZE
8
START/STOP
OFF(CHG)
VCR
H
PLAYER
3
(DCR-TRV738E ONLY)
1
1
2
3
4
4
REG_GND
2
S003
S004
(PHOTO FREEZE)
1
PHOTO
TO
VC-278 BOARD(25/25)
CN1109
(PAGE 4-71
of LEVEL 3)
9
D_2.8V
10
ZOOM_VR
11
XEJECT_SW
12
OPEN/EJECT
2
1
3
R001
1k
I
LND001
SEIDEN GND
W
Schematic diagram of the VC-278 board
are not shown.
Pages from 4-23 to 4-72 are not shown.
RV001
20k
ZOOM
T
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(SS-1380)is replaced as a block.
So its PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted.
J
16
LS-057/FP-228/FP-299/FP-300/FP-302/FP-301/FP-410/CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-1380)
4-22
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
COVER
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
Link
CD-358 BOARD
PD-156 BOARD (SIDE B)
LB-076 BOARD
PD-160 BOARD (SIDE A)
SI-032 BOARD
PD-160 BOARD (SIDE B)
FP-411 FLEXIBLE BOARD
FP-412 FLEXIBLE BOARD
LS-057, FP-228, FP-299, FP-300, FP-302, FP-301
FLEXIBLE BOARDS
FP-410 FLEXIBLE BOARD
PD-156 BOARD (SIDE A)
COMMON NOTE FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
WAVEFORMS
FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
CD-358 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
6
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
LB-076 (EVF, BACK LIGHT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
1
2
5
34
For printed wiring boards
• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.
• This board is eight-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers two and seven have not been included
in the diagram.
For printed wiring boards
• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.
• This board is eight-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers two and seven have not been included
in the diagram.
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
4-73
4-74
CD-358/LB-076
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
SI-032 (STEADY SHOT, LASER LINK) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
FP-411 FLEXIBLE BOARD
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
FP-411 FLEXIBLE
PH302
PH301
J302
MIC
(PLUG IN POWER)
J301
(HEADPHONES)
J303
LANC
1-683-627-
For printed wiring boards
• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.
• This board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers two and five have not been included in
the diagram.
1
18
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
SI-032/FP-411
4-75
4-76
21
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
LS-057 (S/T REEL SENSOR), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR), FP-299 (MODE SWITCH), FP-300 (TAPE TOP),
FP-302 (TAPE END), FP-301 (TAPE LED) FLEXIBLE BOARDS
FP-410 FLEXIBLE BOARD
FP-410 FLEXIBLE
FP-300 FLEXIBLE (COMPONENT SIDE)
CN203
(USB)
5
4
3
2
24
1
Q001
TAPE TOP
SENSOR
1-680-436-
1
CN202
15
3
4
DV IN/OUT
2
1
1
11
SW
LS-057 BOARD
(CONDUCTOR SIDE)
S001
REC PROOF
15
1
S002
C.C. LOCK
L
AUDIO/VIDEO
D001
TAPE LED
V
R
1-683-626-
15
J201
o'
Y
S VIDEO
H001
T REEL
SENSOR
C
21
1-680-437-
1
11
FP-301 FLEXIBLE
(CONDUCTOR SIDE)
H002
S REEL
SENSOR
FP-302 FLEXIBLE
(CONDUCTOR SIDE)
o'
1-680-473-
11
Q002
TAPE END
SENSOR
1-680-438-
11
4-77
LS-057/FP-228/FP-299/FP-300/FP-302/FP-301/FP-410
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
PD-156 (LCD DRIVER, BACKLIGHT, DRIVER, TIMING GENERATOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
•
(TYPE CA and SH MODEL)
: Uses unleaded solder.
TYPE SH
TYPE CA
For printed wiring boards
• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.
• This board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers two and five have not been included in
the diagram.
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
PD-156
4-79
4-80
:TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
:TRV840
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
•
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
: Uses unleaded solder.
(TYPE CA and SH MODEL)
4-81
TYPE SH
TYPE CA
:TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
:TRV840
4-82
PD-156
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
PD-160 (CHA, DISPLAY DRIVE, BACK LIGHT, LCD DRIVE, TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
(TYPE SO MODEL)
TYPE SO
:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/TRV840
2
1
3
8
6
4
5
7
9
10
For printed wiring boards
• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.
• This board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers two and five have not been included in
the diagram.
There are a few cases that the part printed on
this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
PD-160
4-83
4-84
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
FP-412 FLEXIBLE BOARD
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
(TYPE SO MODEL)
TYPE SO
:DCR-TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE/TRV840
FP-412 FLEXIBLE
6
1
S601
(PANEL REVERSE)
21
Printed wiring board of the VC-278 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-87 to 4-90 are not shown.
4-85
4-86
PD-160/FP-412
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
COVER
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
4-4. WAVEFORMS
CD-358 BOARD
PD-156 BOARD
CAMERA REC
1 IC551 1,4
PD-160 BOARD
1 IC5501 w;
7 IC5502 1
1 IC5501 wf LCD
7 IC5502 1 LCD
2.8Vp-p
8.2Vp-p
43.3 µsec
3.2Vp-p
7.5 Vp-p
H
3.8Vp-p
2H
H
2H
2 IC551 2,3
2 IC5501 ws
8 IC5502 wh
2 IC5501 ws LCD
8 IC5502 wh LCD
2.8Vp-p
7.9Vp-p
43.3 µsec
7.5 Vp-p
3.8Vp-p
2H
89 nsec
2.8Vp-p
2H
3 IC551 8
3 IC5501 wf
9 IC5502 rk
170 nsec
9 IC5502 rk LCD
3 IC5501 w; LCD
2.8Vp-p
7.9Vp-p
V
0.8Vp-p
3.2Vp-p
3.8Vp-p
43.3 µsec
2H
V
2H
4 IC551 q;
4 IC5501 rh
0 IC5701 2
4 IC5501 rk LCD
540mVp-p
2.9Vp-p
450mVp-p
30.3 nsec
H
5.1 Vp-p
H
40 µsec
5 IC551 qa,qs
5 IC5501 rj
5 IC5501 rj LCD
540mVp-p
450mVp-p
H
4.2 Vp-p
H
30.3 nsec
6 IC552 5
6 IC5501 rk
6 IC5501 rh LCD
540mVp-p
400 mVp-p
450mVp-p
H
43.3 µsec
CD-358/PD-156/PD-160
4-91
H
4-92
Waveforms of the VC-278 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-93 to 4-95 are not shown.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
COVER
no mark : side A
* mark : side B
PD-160 BOARD
4-5. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
CD-358 BOARD
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
C551
C553
C554
C555
C556
C557
C558
C559
C560
C561
C562
C563
C564
C565
C566
C567
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-2
A-1
B-1
B-2
B-1
B-1
B-2
A-1
A-2
* CN551 B-1
SI-032 BOARD
C305
C309
C310
C311
C312
* C313
* C314
* C315
B-1
B-1
C-2
C-2
C-1
A-5
A-5
A-5
* CN301 B-5
* CN302 B-5
* CN304 A-6
*
*
D301
D302
D303
D304
D306
D309
D310
D311
D312
D313
A-2
A-2
B-5
B-5
B-2
B-5
B-5
B-2
B-2
B-5
* FB551
B-1
*
*
IC551
* IC552
A-1
A-2
*
* L551
* L552
B-1
B-2
FB301
FB302
C-2
B-1
* Q551
B-1
IC301
A-1
* R552
* R553
* R555
A-1
A-1
A-1
Q301
B-2
R301
R307
* R316
R319
R320
R321
B-2
B-2
B-5
A-1
A-1
B-2
* SE301
* SE302
C-5
C-6
* VDR301 B-5
* VDR302 B-5
* VDR303 B-5
PD-156 BOARD
C5501
C5503
C5504
C5505
C5506
C5507
C5508
C5509
C5510
C5511
C5512
C5513
C5514
C5515
C5516
C5517
C5518
C5519
C5520
C5521
C5522
C5523
C5524
C5527
C5528
C5529
C5530
C5531
C5532
C5603
C5604
C5605
C5606
C5607
C5608
C5701
B-3
B-3
B-5
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-4
B-4
C-3
C-3
C-3
B-2
C-5
B-6
D-5
C-6
B-3
D-4
B-4
D-6
D-6
C-5
D-3
B-6
B-6
D-2
D-4
D-4
A-3
CN5501
CN5502
CN5601
CN5701
CN5702
CN5703
CN5704
CN5705
D-5
B-3
D-2
B-1
A-1
A-5
A-2
A-6
D5502
D5503
D5504
D5505
D5601
* D5602
D5603
D5604
* D5605
B-4
D-5
B-5
B-3
C-6
D-11
B-1
B-2
D-11
FB5501 B-4
FB5502 C-2
FB5503 C-1
IC5501
IC5502
IC5601
IC5602
IC5701
B-3
B-5
B-5
B-6
A-3
L5501
L5502
L5503
B-3
C-2
B-4
L5601
L5602
D-4
D-4
Q5501
Q5502
Q5503
Q5504
Q5505
Q5601
Q5602
Q5603
Q5604
B-4
C-6
C-6
C-5
B-5
B-5
D-4
B-6
D-4
R5501
R5502
R5503
R5504
R5505
R5506
R5507
R5508
R5509
R5510
R5511
R5512
R5513
R5514
R5515
R5516
R5517
R5518
R5519
R5520
R5521
R5522
R5523
R5525
R5526
R5528
R5529
R5530
R5531
R5532
R5533
R5534
R5539
R5540
R5541
R5601
R5602
R5603
R5604
R5605
R5606
R5607
R5608
R5609
R5612
R5613
R5614
R5702
R5703
R5704
B-3
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
C-5
C-5
B-3
B-5
B-5
B-5
B-5
B-5
C-3
B-3
D-5
B-4
C-6
C-5
B-6
B-3
B-6
C-5
B-4
B-4
C-5
C-6
D-3
B-6
B-6
D-4
B-6
B-6
C-6
B-1
B-2
B-6
A-6
B-6
B-1
B-1
A-3
C5501
C5503
C5504
C5505
C5506
C5507
C5508
C5509
C5510
C5511
C5512
C5515
C5516
C5517
C5518
C5519
C5527
C5529
C5532
C5533
C5534
C5536
C5538
C5540
C5602
C5604
C5605
C5606
C5607
C5608
C5701
B-3
B-3
B-5
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-4
C-4
C-3
C-3
C-4
B-3
B-4
B-3
D-5
D-5
C-5
C-5
D-6
D-4
D-3
B-6
B-6
D-2
D-4
A-3
CN5501
CN5502
CN5601
CN5701
CN5702
CN5703
CN5704
CN5705
D-5
C-3
D-2
B-1
A-1
A-5
A-2
A-6
D5502
D5503
D5504
D5601
* D5602
D5603
D5604
* D5605
C-4
D-5
B-5
C-6
D-11
B-1
B-2
D-11
FB5502 B-4
FB5504 C-1
Q5501
Q5503
Q5504
Q5505
Q5506
Q5508
Q5601
Q5602
Q5603
B-4
C-5
D-5
C-5
B-5
C-5
B-5
D-3
B-6
R5501
R5503
R5504
R5505
R5506
R5507
R5508
R5509
R5510
R5511
R5512
R5522
R5551
R5560
R5572
R5573
R5574
R5575
R5576
R5577
R5579
R5588
R5590
R5591
R5609
R5610
R5611
R5612
R5613
R5614
R5616
R5617
R5618
R5619
R5620
R5621
R5702
R5704
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-3
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
C-3
B-6
B-4
C-5
C-5
C-5
C-5
C-5
B-5
C-6
D-5
B-4
B-4
B-6
D-3
B-6
B-6
D-4
B-6
B-6
B-6
C-6
B-2
B-2
B-6
B-1
A-3
RB5501 C-3
RB5502 C-4
T5601
IC5501
IC5502
IC5601
IC5602
IC5701
B-3
B-5
B-6
B-6
A-3
L5501
L5504
L5505
L5601
L5602
B-3
C-2
B-4
D-4
D-4
D-3
RB5501 C-3
RB5502 C-5
RB5503 C-5
T5601
D-3
Mounted parts location of the VC-278 board
is not shown.
Pages from 4-97 to 4-98 are not shown.
CD-358/SI-032/PD-156/PD-160
4-96E
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
COVER
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENTS
5-1
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1.
Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.
When replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Replaced parts
Parts replacement
Adjustment
Section
Adjustment
Lens device
LCD block
ND901 (Fluorescent tube)
LCD block
LCD901 (LCD panel)
Mechanism deck *1
Mechanism deck M901 (Drum assy.) *1
Mechanism deck M902 (Capstan motor)
Mechanism deck LS chassis assy
CD-358 board IC551 (CCD imager)
CD-358 board IC552 (S/H)
PD-156/160 board IC5501 (RGB driver (LCD))*2 *3
PD-156/160 board IC5502 (Timing generator (LCD))*2 *3
PD-156/160 board Q5602/5604, T5601 (Inverter)*2 *3
SI-032 board SE301,302 (PITCH,YAW sensor)
VC-278 board IC1501, X1501 (Timing generator)
VC-278 board IC1502 (AGC, A/D conv.)
VC-278 board IC2201 (Hi8/Std8 Y/C process)
VC-278 board IC3103 (REC/PB AMP)
VC-278 board IC3101 (EQ, A/D conv. PLL)
VC-278 board IC3701 (VIDEO IN/OUT)
VC-278 board IC3301 (DV signal process)
VC-278 board IC2291 (EVR)
VC-278 board IC5701 (AUDIO IN/OUT, AFM)
VC-278 board IC7001 (LCD driver (EVF))
VC-278 board IC7002 (Timing generator (EVF))
Block replacement
Initialization of
8, A, B, C, D, E,
F, 1B, 1C, 1E,
1F page data
Initialization of A, D page data
Initialization of B, 1B page data
Initialization of 8, C, 1C page data
Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data
HALL adj.
z
Flange back adj.
z
Mechanical shutter adj.
z
Black defective CCD adj.
Camera
Color reproduction adj.
AWB & LV standard data input
Auto white balance adj.
Steady shot check
VCO adj.
EVF
RGB AMP adj.
Contrast adj.
VCO adj.
PSIG gray adj. *3
RGB AMP adj.
Black limit adj. *3
LCD
Contrast adj.
COM AMP adj.*2, Center level adj.*3
V-COM adj.
z
White balance adj.
z z
System control Serial No. input
REEL FG adj.
z
z
Switching position adj.
z z
AGC center level adj.
z z
Servo & RF
APC & AEQ adj.
z z
PLL fo & LPF fo adj.
z z
Hi8/Std8 switching position adj.
z z
CAP FG duty adj.
z
z
54MHz/66MHz origin oscillation adj.
S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.
Video
S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj.
Hi8/Std8 Y/C output level setting
Hi8/Std8 AFC fo adj.
Hi8/Std8 AFM BPF fo adj.
Audio
Hi8/Std8 AFM 1.5MHz deviation adj.
Hi8/Std8 AFM 1.7MHz deviation adj.
Mechanism
Tape path adj.
z z z z
Table. 5-1-1 (1).
5-2
z
z
zz
zz
zz
z
z
z
z
z z
z
z
z
zz
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
zz
zz
zz
z
z
z
z z
z z
z
z
z
z z
z z
z z
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
*1: When replacing the drum assy. or mechanism
deck, reset the data of page: 7, address: A7 to
A9 to “00”. (Refer to “Record of Use check”
of “5-4. SERVICE MODE”)
*2: LCD TYPE CA/SH (PD-156 board)
DCR-TRV738E
DCR-TRV740E: AEP, EE, NE, RU
DCR-TRV840
*3: LCD TYPE SO (PD-160 board)
DCR-TRV740
DCR-TRV740E: E, AUS, HK, CH, JE
DCR-TRV840
*4: When replacing the IC4903, set the loader
writing inhibit mode. (Refer to “1-2-2.
INITIALIZATION OF B, 1B PAGE DATA”.)
Initialization of A, D page data
Initialization of B, 1B page data
Initialization of 8, C, 1C page data
Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data
HALL adj.
Flange back adj.
Mechanical shutter adj.
Black defective CCD adj.
Camera
Color reproduction adj.
AWB & LV standard data input
Auto white balance adj.
Steady shot check
z
VCO adj.
EVF
RGB AMP adj.
Contrast adj.
VCO adj.
PSIG gray adj. *3
RGB AMP adj.
Black limit adj. *3
LCD
Contrast adj.
COM AMP adj.*2, Center level adj.*3
V-COM adj.
White balance adj.
System control Serial No. input
REEL FG adj.
Switching position adj.
AGC center level adj.
Servo & RF
APC & AEQ adj.
PLL fo & LPF fo adj.
Hi8/Std8 switching position adj.
CAP FG duty adj.
54MHz/66MHz origin oscillation adj.
S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.
Video
S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj.
Hi8/Std8 Y/C output level setting
Hi8/Std8 AFC fo adj.
Hi8/Std8 AFM BPF fo adj.
Audio
Hi8/Std8 AFM 1.5MHz deviation adj.
Hi8/Std8 AFM 1.7MHz deviation adj.
Mechanism
Tape path adj.
Initialization of
8, A, B, C, D, E,
F, 1B, 1C, 1E,
1F page data
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Table. 5-1-1 (2).
5-3
Supporting
VC-278 board IC4903 (EEPROM) *4
VC-278 board IC4502 (EEPROM)
(COMPLETE)
VC-278 board
PD-156/160 board (COMPLETE) *2 *3
Adjustment
SI-032 board
Adjustment
Section
(COMPLETE)
Board
EEPROM
replacement replacement
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
• Abbreviation
HK : Hong Kong model
AUS : Australian model
CH : Chinese model
JE : Tourist model
EE : East European model
NE : North European model
RU : Russian model
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT
1-1.
PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)
1-1-1. List of Service Tools
• Oscilloscope
• Color monitor
• Regulated power supply
• Digital voltmeter
Ref. No.
• Vectorscope
Name
Parts Code
Usage
ND filter 1.0
J-6080-808-A
Auto white balance adjustment/check
White balance adjustment/check
White balance check
J-2
ND filter 0.4
ND filter 0.1
J-6080-806-A
J-6080-807-A
White balance check
White balance check
J-3
J-4
Pattern box PTB-450
Color chart for pattern box
J-6082-200-A
J-6020-250-A
J-1
Filter for color temperature correction (C14)
J-6080-058-A
J-6
Adjustment remote commander
(RM-95 upgraded) (Note1)
Siemens star chart
J-6080-875-A
For checking the flange back
J-7
J-8
Clear chart for pattern box
Multi CPC jig
J-6080-621-A
J-6082-311-A
For adjusting the LCD block
J-9
CPC-13 jig
J-6082-443-A
J-10
Minipattern box
J-6082-353-B
For adjusting the video section
For adjusting the color viewfinder
For adjusting the flange back
J-11
Camera base
J-6082-384-A
For adjusting the flange back
J-5
J-6082-053-B
Note1: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander is
not the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), the pages
cannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new micro
processor (8-759-148-35).
J-1
J-2
J-3
J-4
J-5
J-6
J-7
J-8
J-9
J-10
J-11
Fig. 5-1-1.
5-4
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-1-2.
Preparations
Note1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to “2.
DISASSEMBLY”.
Note2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards
need not be disassembled.
Note3: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
1)
2)
Pattern box
Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-3.
The front panel block (SI-032 board (Microphone amp., remote
commander receiver), FP-411 flexible (MIC jack, Head phone
jack, LANC jack, MF photo sensor)) must be assembled for
connecting the adjusting remote commander.
1.5 m
Note4: As removing the cabinet (R) assembly (removing CN1110 of the
VC-278 board) means removing the lithium 3V power supply
(BT001 on the CF-2500 block), data such as date, time, user-set
menus will be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data.
But the self-diagnosis data and the data on history of use (total
drum rotation time etc.) will be kept even if the lithium 3V power
supply is removed. (Refer to “5-4.Service Mode” for the selfdiagnosis data and the data on history of use.)
Front of the lens
Note5: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button.
The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned
on with the SS-1380 block removed. After completing adjustments,
be sure to exit the “Forced Camera Power ON Mode”.
Fig. 5-1-2.
Note6: Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5-5
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
Terminated at 75Ω
Adjustment remote
commander
Vector scope
Color monitor
VIDEO
(Yellow)
AUDIO L
(White)
AUDIO R
(Red)
Need not be connected.
EVF block
Memory stick
slot
Must be connected when
performing the EVF system
adjustments.
Front
panel
block
CN4404
Lens block
CN4403
CN4402
CN3101
CN
4401
CN1501
CN7001
CN1551
LANC
jack
CN1103
DC IN
jack
CN1105
CN1107
VC-278
board
CN4001
CN1108
CN1109
Must be connected.
CN1106
CN1110
SI-032 board
CN301
Must be
connected.
AUDIO/VIDEO
jack
Must be connected.
AC power adaptor
(8.4Vdc)
AC-L10,
AC-VQ800 etc.
To CF-2500 block
CN5601
Must be connected
when performing the
LCD system adjustments.
CN5501
CN5701
CN5502
CN5702
Must be connected when performing
the video or EVF system adjustments.
CN5704
To PD-156/160 board
CN5701
CPC-13 jig
(J-6082-443-A)
CN5703
CN5705
PD-156/160 board
Multi CPC jig
(J-6082-311-A)
Must be connected when performing
the LCD system adjustments.
Fig. 5-1-3.
5-6
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-1-3. Precaution
1. Setting the Switch
Unless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform
adjustments without loading cassette.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
POWER switch (SS-1380 block) ........................... CAMERA
NIGHT SHOT switch (Lens block) ................................. OFF
COLOR SLOW SHUTTER (FK-2500 block) ................. OFF
DEMO MODE (Menu display) ....................................... OFF
DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
DISPLAY (Menu display) ................................. V-OUT/LCD
DISPLAY (CF-2500 block) .............................................. ON
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
FOCUS switch (CF-2500 block) .......................... MANUAL
BACK LIGHT (CF-2500 block) ...................................... OFF
PROGRAM AE (Menu display) ...................................... OFF
PICTURE EFFECT (Menu display) ................................ OFF
DIGITAL EFFECT (Menu display) ................................. OFF
AUTO SHUTTER (Menu display) .................................. OFF
16 : 9 WIDE (MENU display) ......................................... OFF
2. Order of Adjustments
Basically carry out adjustments in the order given.
Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Electronic beam scanning frame
C
C=D
D
Yellow
Cyan
Green
White
Magenta
Red
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Cyan
Green
White
Magenta
Red
H
CRT picture frame
V
A B
A=B
B A
Fig. b (monitor TV picture)
Enlargement
Fig. a
(VIDEO terminal
output waveform)
Difference in level
B
Adjust the camera zoom and direction to
obtain the output waveform shown in Fig. a
and the monitor TV display shown in Fig. b.
A
Fig.5-1-4.
3. Subjects
1) Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjust
the picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-4. (Color reproduction
adjustment frame)
2) Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert a
clear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations during
this time.)
3) Flange back adjustment chart
Make the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-5 using A0 size (1189mm ×
841mm) black and white vellum paper.
White
841mm
Black
1189mm
Fig. 5-1-5.
Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges of
the black and white paper joined together are not rough.
5-7
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-2.
INITIALIZATION OF 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1C,
1E, 1F PAGE DATA
[Initialization Procedure]
1. Initialization of A, D page data
2. Initialization of B, 1B page data
3. Initialization of 8, C, 1C page data
4. Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data
Note: When reading or writing the 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E or 1F page data, select
page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 01, then select B, C, D, E or F
page. The 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E or 1F page can be chosen by this data
setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
[Connection of the power supply during the initialization
of the data.]
1) Connect the regulated power supply and the digital voltmeter
to the battery terminal as shown in Fig. 5-1-6.
2) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that
the digital voltmeter display is 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.
3) Turn off the power supply.
4) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander.
5) Turn on the power supply.
6) Perform the initialization of the data.
Note: This is normal though the following message is indicated on
the LCD screen.
“FOR InfoLITHIUM BATTERY ONLY”
Digital voltmeter
Regulated power supply
Battery terminal
Fig. 5-1-6.
5-8
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-2-1.
INITIALIZATION OF A, D PAGE DATA
Processing after Completing Modification of A, D Page data
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
1. Initializing the A, D Page Data
Note1: If “Initializing the A, D Page Data” is performed, all data
of the A page and D page will be initialized. (It is
impossible to initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the A, D page data has been initialized, the following adjustments
need to be performed again.
1) Modification of A, D page data
Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.
Note4: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
1
2
0
2
10
00
00
29
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
2
01
29
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Note: If the following symptoms occur after completing of the
“Modification of A, D page data”, check that the data of the “Fixed
data-2” addresses of A and D page are same as those of the same
model of the same destination.
1) The self-diagnosis code “E:20:00” on the LCD screen is displayed.
2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.
Adjusting page
A
3. A Page Table
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
10 to FF
D
Adjusting Address
10 to 67
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the A, D
Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of A, D
Page Data”.)
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2
0
0
01
10
3
7
03
4
7
5
01
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
00
28
Set the following data.
01 (NTSC), 81 (PAL)
Set the data
7
01
28
6
7
02
7
2
00
29
8
2
01
29
9
Address
Procedure
00 to 0F
10 to 17
18
19
1A
1B to 31
32
33 to 59
5A
5B to C1
C2
C3 to CF
D0
D1
D2 to FF
Set the data, and press the PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“01”
Set the data.
Set the data, and press the PAUSE
button.
Perform “Modification of A, D
Page Data”.
2. Modification of A, D Page Data
If the A, D page data has been initialized, change the data of the
“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manual
input.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-2.
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.
3)
Remark
When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
5-9
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4. D Page Table
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the A, D
Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of A, D
Page Data”.)
Address
00 to 0F
10
11 to 12
13
14 to 15
16
17 to 21
22
23
24
25
26
27 to 29
2A
2B
2C to 36
37
38
39
3A
3B to 5E
5F
60 to 67
Initial value
00
Remark
Test mode
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-3.
5-10
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-2-2.
INITIALIZATION OF B, 1B PAGE DATA
Processing after Completing Modification of B, 1B Page data:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
Note: When reading or writing the B page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 00.
When reading or writing the 1B page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select B page. The 1B page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Note1: If “Initializing the B, 1B Page Data” is performed, all data
of the B page and 1B page will be initialized. (It is
impossible to initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the B, 1B page data has been initialized, the following
adjustments need to be performed again.
1) Modification of B, 1B page data
Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.
B
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
00 to FF
1B
Adjusting Address
00 to FF
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data
0
0
01
10
01
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
4
5
5
02
01
FF
F3
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5
5
00
6
5
02
7
2
00
29
8
2
01
29
9
01
00
29
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
2
01
29
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Procedure
1
2
0
0
01
10
01
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
5
0E
00
4
5
03
20
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5
5
01
FA
6
5
00
01
7
8
5
2
0E
00
29
9
2
01
29
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is “01”.
Set the data
Set the data, and press the PAUSE
button.
4. B Page Table
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, 1B
Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, 1B
Page Data”.)
Check that the data changes to
“00”.
Set the data
Address
Set the data, and press the PAUSE
button.
Perform “Modification of B, 1B
Page Data”.
Remark
00 to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-4.
5. 1B Page Table
2. Modification of B, 1B Page Data
If the B, 1B page data has been initialized, change the data of the
“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manual
input.
Note1: When reading or writing the 1B page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select B page. The 1B page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, 1B
Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, 1B
Page Data”.)
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) When changing the B page data, select page: 0, address: 10,
and set data: 00.
3) When changing the 1B page data, select page: 0, address: 10,
and set data: 01.
After completing the modification of 1B page data, reset the
data of this address to “00”.
4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
Address
Remark
00 to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-5.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.
5)
10
00
Setting Method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2
0
2
3. Loader writing inhibit mode setting
When replacing the IC4903 (EEPROM), set the loader inhibit mode.
1. Initializing the B, 1B Page Data
Adjusting page
1
2
When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
5-11
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-2-3.
2. Modification of 8, C, 1C Page Data
If the 8, C, 1C page data has been initialized, change the data of the
“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following table by manual input.
INITIALIZATION OF 8, C, 1C PAGE DATA
Note: When reading or writing the 8, C page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 00.
When reading or writing the 1C page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select C page. The 1C page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) When changing the 8, C page data, select page: 0, address: 10,
and set data: 00.
3) When changing the 1C page data, select page: 0, address: 10,
and set data: 01.
After completing the modification of 1C page data, reset the
data of this address to “00”.
4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
1. Initializing the 8, C, 1C Page Data
Note1: If “Initializing the 8, C, 1C Page Data” is performed, all
data of the 8 page, C page and 1C page will be initialized.
(It is impossible to initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the 8, C, 1C page data has been initialized, following adjustments
need to be performed again.
1) Modification of 8, C, 1C page data
2) Serial No. input
3) Viewfinder system adjustments
4) LCD system adjustments
5) Servo and RF system adjustments
6) Video system adjustments
7) Audio system adjustments
Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.
5)
When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
If not, change the data to the initial value.
6)
Adjusting page
8
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
00 to A3
C
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
10 to FF
1C
Adjusting Address
00 to FF
Processing after Completing Modification of 8, C, 1C Page data
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
3
0
3
10
81
00
10
Set the data.
Set the data.
4
3
80
0C
5
3
80
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“1C”.
6
7
2
2
00
01
29
29
Set the data
Set the data, and press the PAUSE
button.
8
Perform “Modification of 8, C, 1C
Page Data”.
5-12
1
2
0
2
10
00
00
29
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
2
01
29
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. 8 Page Table
4. C Page Table
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the 8, C,
1C Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of 8, C,
1C Page Data”.)
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the 8, C,
1C Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of 8, C,
1C Page Data”.)
Address
Address
00 to 18
19
1A to 34
35
36 to 49
4A
4B to 51
52
53 to 79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
85 to 89
8A
8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
84 to A3
Initial value
Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
08
00
46
01
02
00
00
00
00 to 0F
10
11
12
13
14 to 15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23 to 24
25
26
27
28
29
2A to 2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30 to 3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46 to 47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Serial No. input
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-6.
5-13
Initial value
EE
00
00
00
E0
E0
20
20
25
25
25
3E
3E
CA
99
88
E3
A1
20
03
E0
0A
00
50
69
64
A6
94
80
Remark
Switching position adj.
Fixed data-1
Hi8/std8 CAP FG duty adj.
Reel FG adj.
AEQ adj.
Fixed data-1
AEQ adj.
Fixed data-1
AGC center level adj.
PLL fo adj.
APC adj.
LPF fo adj.
Fixed data-1
S VIDEO out Y level adj.
S VIDEO out Cr level adj.
S VIDEO out Cb level adj.
Fixed data-2
PLL fo adj.
Fixed data-1
APC adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Reel FG adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Hi8/std8 switching position adj.
Fixed data-1
Hi8/std8 AFC fo adj.
Hi8/Std8 Y/C output level set
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Hi8/std8 AFM 1.5MHz deviation adj.
Hi8/std8 AFM 1.7MHz deviation adj.
Hi8/std8 AFM BPF fo adj.
Fixed data-2
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
C page
Address
Remark
Initial value
51
61/69 *1
VCO adj. (EVF)
52
76/56 *1
53
Fixed data-1
54
9D/9C *1 RGB AMP adj. (EVF)
55 to 57
Fixed data-1
58
2B/26 *1
Contrast adj. (EVF)
59
Fixed data-1
5A
Fixed data-2
5B to 5E
Fixed data-1
5F
Fixed data-2
60
8F/8A/86/ Fixed data
A7/8F *2
61
5C/51/5B/ VCO adj. (LCD)
67/68 *2
62
70/54/62/
53/59 *2
63
21/85/24/
V-COM adj. (LCD)
8B/22 *2
64
9D/20/B2/ RGB AMP adj. (LCD)
29/A1 *2
65
08/00/07/
Fixed data *3
00/08 *2
Black limit adj. (LCD) *4
66
3D/9D/3A/ COM AMP adj. *3
99/3F *2
PSIG gray adj. (LCD) *4
67
7E/55/7E/ White balance adj. (LCD)
84/81 *2
68
6C/3F/78/
5F/6F *2
69
20/37/2A/ Contrast adj. (LCD)
40/1E *2
6A
37/00/2D/ Fixed data *3
00/37 *2
Center level adj. (LCD)*4
6B
0C/50/0F/ Fixed data
32/0C *2
6C
0C/10/0F/
12/0C *2
6D
Fixed data-1
6E
5F/1F/DF/ Fixed data
1F/5F *2
6F to 71
Fixed data-1
72
Fixed data-2
73 to 75
Fixed data-1
76
Fixed data-2
77 to 79
Fixed data-1
7A
Fixed data-2
7B to 81
Fixed data-1
81
Fixed data-2
82
83 to 85
Fixed data-1
86
Fixed data-2
87 to 88
Fixed data-1
89
Fixed data-2
8A
8B to A9
Fixed data-1
AA
Fixed data-2
Address
AB
AC
AD to AE
AF
B0 to D4
D5
D6
D7 to DC
DD
DE to E1
E2
E3
E4 to F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
Initial value
Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Fixed data-1
Emergency memory address
*1: NTSC/PAL
*2: A/B/C/D/E
A: NTSC 2.5 LCD TYPE SO (DCR-TRV740)
B: NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA (DCR-TRV840)
C: NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE SO (DCR-TRV840)
D: PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH
(DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E (AEP/EE/NE/RU))
E: PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SO
(DCR-TRV740E (E/AUS/HK/CN/JE))
*3: LCD TYPE CA or SH (PD-156 board)
*4: LCD TYPE SO (PD-160 board)
Table. 5-1-7.
5-14
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5. 1C Page Table
Address
Note1: When reading or writing the 1C page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select C page. The 1C page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the 8, C,
1C Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of 8, C,
1C Page Data”.)
Address
00 to 03
04
05 to 06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12 to 13
14
15
16 to 17
18
19 to 1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20 to 22
23
24 to 26
27
28 to 39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F to 40
41
42 to 43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B to 4F
50
51 to 55
56
57
58 to 5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B to 6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83 to 85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C to 97
98
99 to 9E
9F
A0 to FF
Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Remark
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-8.
5-15
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-2-4.
INITIALIZATION OF E, F, 1E, 1F PAGE DATA
2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data
If the E, F, 1E, 1F page data has been initialized, change the data of
the “Fixed data-2” address shown in the following table by manual
input.
Note: When reading or writing the E, F page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 00.
When reading or writing the 1E or 1F page data, select page: 0,
address: 10, and set data: 01, then select E or F page. The 1E or 1F
page can be chosen by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) When changing the E, F page data, select page: 0, address: 10,
and set data: 00.
3) When changing the 1E, 1F page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01.
After completing the modification of 1E, 1F page data, reset
the data of this address to “00”.
4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
1. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data
Note1: If “Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data” is performed,
all data of the E page, F page, 1E page and 1F page will
be initialized. (It is impossible to initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the E, F, 1E, 1F page data has been initialized, following
adjustments need to be performed again.
1) Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F page data
2) 54MHz/66MHz origin osc. Adj.
3) Camera system adjustments
Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.
Note4: NTSC model: DCR-TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.
5)
Adjusting page
E
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
00 to FF
F
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
10 to FF
1E
Adjusting Address
Adjusting page
00 to 2F
1F
Adjusting Address
00 to FF
6)
Processing after Completing Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page
data
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
3
0
6
10
01
00
Set the data.
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
2D (NTSC), 2F (PAL)
4
6
03
01
5
6
02
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“01”.
6
7
2
2
00
01
29
29
Set the data
Set the data, and press the PAUSE
button.
8
When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
If not, change the data to the initial value.
Perform “Modification of E, F, 1E,
1F Page Data”.
5-16
1
2
0
2
10
00
00
29
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
2
01
29
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. E Page Table
Address
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Address
00 to 04
05
06 to 07
08
09
0A
0B
0C to 0C
0D
0E
0F to 1A
1B
1C to 1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28 to 3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40 to 41
42
43 to 46
47
48 to 53
54
55
56 to 5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64 to 65
66
67
68
69
6A to 6E
6F
70
71
72 to 9B
9C
9D
9E
9F to CD
CE
CF to DF
E0
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
EA
EB to EE
EF
F0 to F6
F7
F8 to FF
Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Remark
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-9.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
5-17
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4. F Page Table
Address
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Address
00 to FF
10
11 to 12
13
14
15
16 to 18
19
1A
1B
1C to 2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A to 3F
40
41
42 to 43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59 to 71
72
73
74 to 75
76
77
78
79
Initial value
40
44
CE
17
80
7A
4D
3E
64
59
98
75
3A
2E
FE
DF
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
90 to 97
98
99
9A
9B
9C to A8
A9
AA
AB
AC to CF
D0
D1 to D7
D8
D9
DA
DB
DC
DD
DE
DF
E0 to E2
E3
E4
E5 to F6
E7
E8 to F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC to FD
FE
FF
Remark
54/66MHz origin osc. adj.
Fixed data-1
HALL adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
AWB & LV standard data input
Fixed data-1
AWB & LV standard data input
Auto white balance adj.
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
28
8E
34
69
11
64
00
00
00
00
2B
19
00
2F
00
00
00
Flange back adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
40
00
34
00
Fixed data-1
Mechanical shutter adj.
Remark
Initial value
30
Mechanical shutter adj.
00
2A
00
28
00
40
3A
31
31
35
1E
80
80
80
80
80
80
03
80
80
80
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-10.
5-18
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5. 1E Page Table
6. 1F Page Table
Note1: When reading or writing the 1E page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select E page. The 1E page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Note1: When reading or writing the 1F page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select F page. The 1F page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,
1E, 1F Page Data”.)
Address
Address
00 to 1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
Initial value
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Remark
Fixed data-1
Black defective CCD adj.
00 to 38
39
3A to 41
42
43 to 44
45
46
47 to 9F
A0
A1
A2
A3 to AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0 to B1
B2
B3
B4
B5 to B7
B8
B9
BA
BB to BD
BE
BF to C9
CA
CB
CC
CD to CE
CF
D0 to DC
DD
DE to E4
E5
E6 to FF
Table. 5-1-11.
Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-12.
5-19
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-3.
CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
Before perform the camera system adjustments, check that the
specified values of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS” are
satisfied.
And check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is “00”. If not, set
data: 00 to this address.
1. HALL Adjustment
For detecting the position of the lens iris, adjust AMP gain and
offset.
Subject
Not required
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Display data of page 1 (Note1)
Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
F
13, 14, 15
Specified Value 1
Specified Value 2
15 to 19
89 to 8D
Note1: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : 00 : XX
IRIS display data
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Switch setting:
POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
3
4
6
6
6
94
95
01
5
6
02
6
6
01
17
8B
6D
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note3)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
13, 14, 15.
Checking method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
03
03 Set the data.
2
6
3
1
4
6
5
1
01
01
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the IRIS display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value 1.
01
03
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the IRIS display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value.2.
5-20
1
2
6
6
94
95
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
4
0
6
03
01
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5
0
01
00
Set the data.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2. Flange Back Adjustment
(Using Minipattern Box)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
Subject
Siemens star chart with ND filter for
the minipattern box (Note1)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjustment remote commander
F
Adjustment Address
48 to 58
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
01
13
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3
6
01
27
4
6
02
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note6)
2
3
Note: The attachment lenses are not used.
Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it and
the front of the lens of the camcorder is less than 3cm.
Make the height of the minipattern box and the camcorder equal.
Check that the output voltage of the regulated power supply is
the specified voltage.
Check that at both the zoom lens TELE end and WIDE end,
the center of the Siemens star chart and center of the exposure
screen coincide.
Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to the
minipattern box, so adjust the power supply
output voltage to the specified voltage written
on the sheet which is supplied with the
minipattern box.
Below 3 cm
Minipattern box
Camcorder
Camera
table
Regulated power supply
Output voltage : Specified voltage ±0.01Vdc
Output current : more than 3.5A
Red (+)
Black (–)
Yellow (SENS +)
White (SENS –)
01
01
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
00 Set the data.
Preparations:
1) The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following
figure.
5)
0
6
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER ............................................. OFF
3)
4)
1
2
Note6: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
48 to 58.
Note1: Dark Siemens star chart.
Note2: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “HALL
adjustment”.
Note3: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.
Note4: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, set data:
00 to this address, and press the PAUSE button.
2)
Procedure
Need not connected
Black (GND)
Fig. 5-1-7.
5-21
Turn off the power and turn on
again.
Perform “Flange Back Check”.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. Flange Back Adjustment
(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart and Subject
More Than 500m Away)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
3-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)
Perform this adjustment after performing “Flange Back Adjustment
(1)”.
Subject
Subject more than 500m away
(Subjects with clear contrast such as
buildings, etc.)
3-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1)
Subject
Flange back adjustment chart
(2.0 m from the front of the protection glass)
(Luminance: 350 ± 50 lux)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjustment remote commander
F
Adjustment Address
48 to 58
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Check operation on TV monitor
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
F
48 to 58
Note1: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note3: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, set data:
00 to this address, and press the PAUSE button.
Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “HALL
adjustment”.
Note2: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, set data:
00 to this address, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER ............................................. OFF
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER ............................................. OFF
Preparations:
1) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is
more than 500m away (subject with clear contrast such as
building, etc.). (Nearby subjects less than 500m away should
not be in the screen.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Adjusting method:
1
2
0
6
01
01
01
13
3
6
01
15
4
6
02
Procedure
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
2
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note5)
13
4
6
01
5
6
02
29
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Place a ND filter on the lens so
that the optimum image is obtain.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note4)
Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
48 to 58.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
2
01
3
Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
48 to 58.
1
6
Turn off the power and turn on
again.
Perform “Flange Back
Adjustment (2)”
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2
3
5-22
0
01
00
Set the data.
Turn off the power and turn on
again.
Perform “Flange Back Check”.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4. Flange Back Check
Subject
Siemens star
(2.0m from the front of the lens)
(Luminance : approx. 200 lux)
5. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment
Adjustment Page
F
Adjustment Address
76 to 8F
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Check operation on TV monitor
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Specified Value
Focused at the TELE end and WIDE
end.
Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Input the following data to page: F, addresses: 76 to 8F.
Note2: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
each time to set the data.
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Address
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Note2: When the auto focus is ON, the lens can be checked if it is focused
or not by observing the data on the page 1 of the adjustment remote
commander.
1) Select page: 0, address: 03, and set data: 0F.
2) Page 1 shows the state of the focus.
1 : 00 : XX
Odd: Focused
Even: Unfocused
Checking method:
1) Place the Siemens star 2.0m from the front of the lens.
2) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the
Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image.
3) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.
4) Turn on the auto focus.
5) Check that the lens is focused (Note2).
6) Select page: 6, address: 21, and set data: 10.
7) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end.
8) Observe the TV monitor and check that the lens is focused.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
1) Select page: 6, address: 21, and set data: 00.
2) Select page: 0, address: 03, and set data: 00.
3)
5-23
Data
40
00
34
00
30
00
2A
00
28
00
40
3A
31
31
35
1E
80
80
80
80
80
80
03
80
80
80
Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
7. Picture Frame Setting
Subject
Color bar chart
(Color reproduction adjustment frame)
(1.5m from the front of the lens)
6. Black Defective CCD Adjustment
Subject
Clear chart (All white) (Note1)
(Approx. 40cm from the front of the
lens)
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
1E (Note2)
20 to 2F
Note1: Shoot the clear chart with the zoom WIDE end. And adjust the
direction of the camera so that the whole of the screen is white.
Note2: When reading or writing the 1E page data, select page: 0, address:
10, and set data: 01, then select E page. The 1E page can be chosen
by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Note3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of the
following adjustment.
Flange Back Adjustment
Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, set data:
00 to this address, and press the PAUSE button.
00
01
Set the data.
Set the data.
4
5
6
6
6
6
9C
90
91
01
80
01
Set the data.
Set the data.
Set the data.
7
8
6
6
92
93
00
01
Set the data.
Set the data.
9
6
01
79
10
6
01
8D
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
11
6
02
A=B, C=D, E=F
Setting method:
1) Adjust the zoom and the camera direction, and set to the
specified position.
2) Mark the position of the picture frame on the monitor display,
and adjust the picture frame to this position in following
adjustments using “Color reproduction adjustment frame”.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
10
2C
Specified Value
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Adjusting method:
0
6
Video output terminal
Oscilloscope and TV monitor
Note1: The following adjustments should be carried out upon completion
of “Flange back adjustment”.
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
2
3
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Check on the oscilloscope
1. Horizontal period
A=B
C=D
B
C
A
D
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note5)
Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: 1E,
address: 20 to 2F.
Fig. 5-1-8.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2
0
6
10
01
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3
4
6
6
2C
9C
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
5
6
6
6
90
91
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
7
8
6
6
92
93
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
9
0
01
00
Set the data.
2. Vertical period
E=F
E
F
V
Fig. 5-1-9.
Check on the monitor TV (Underscanned mode)
Color bar chart picture frame
5-24
Fig. 5-1-10.
Monitor TV picture frame
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
8. Color Reproduction Adjustment
Adjust the color Separation matrix coefficient so that proper color
reproduction is produced.
Subject
Color bar chart
(Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Video output terminal
Vectorscope
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
F
37, 39, 40, 41
Specified Value
All color luminance points should settle
within each color reproduction frame.
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note2: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
For NTSC model
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 6, address: 9D, set data: 17.
3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 3D, and press the PAUSE
button.
4) Select page: F, address: F0, set following data, and press the
PAUSE button.
37 (NTSC), B7 (PAL)
5) Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of the vectorscope, and adjust
the burst luminance point to the burst position of the color
reproduction frame.
6) Change the data of page: F, address: 37, 39, 40 and 41, settle
each color luminance point in each color reproduction frame.
Burst position
For PAL model
Burst position
Note: Be sure to press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander before changing the addresses. If not, the new data
will not be written to the memory.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
1) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
2) Select page: 6, address: 9D, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Fig. 5-1-11.
5-25
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
9. Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input
Adjust the white balance reference at 3200K, and adjust the normal
coefficient of the light value.
Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Display data of page 1 (Note5)
Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
F
1A, 1B, 30 to 33
Specified Value
0FF0 to 1010
Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Color
reproduction adjustments”.
Note2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, set data:
00 to this address, and press the PAUSE button.
Note5: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
Display data
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2
3
0
6
01
16
01
02
Set the data.
Set the data.
Wait for 2 sec.
4
6
01
11
5
6
01
0D
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
6
6
02
7
0
03
8
1
1E
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note6)
Set the data.
Check that the display data
(Note5) satisfies the specified
value.
Note6: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
1A, 1B, 30 to 33.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
6
01
00
2
6
16
00
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
3
4
0
0
03
01
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
5
Perform “Auto White Balance
Adjustment”.
5-26
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
10. Auto White Balance Adjustment
Adjust to the proper auto white balance output data.
If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility will
be poor.
Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
Place the C14 filter for color
temperature correction on the lens.
Set the data.
2
0
01
3
4
F
F
44
44
2C
Write down the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5
6
F
F
45
45
58
Write down the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
7
8
F
F
46
46
59
Write down the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Auto
White Balance & LV Standard Data Input”.
Note2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note4: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
Display data
9
10
F
F
47
47
F0
Write down the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
11
6
01
83
12
6
01
81
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
13
6
02
14
6
01
3F
15
16
0
1
03
04
17
0
03
05
18
1
Filter
Measurement Point
Filter C14 for color temperature
correction
Display data of page 1 (Note4)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjustment remote commander
F
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
34, 35
R ratio: 2BD8 to 2CD8
B ratio: 5970 to 5A70
01
Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“01”. (Note5)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Check that the display data
(Note4) satisfies the R ratio
specified value.
Set the data.
Check that the display data
(Note4) satisfies the B ratio
specified value.
Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
34, 35.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
5-27
1
6
01
00
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data that is written down
at step 3, and press PAUSE
button.
2
F
44
3
F
45
4
F
46
5
F
47
6
0
03
00
Set the data that is written down
at step 9, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
7
0
01
00
Set the data.
Set the data that is written down
at step 5, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data that is written down
at step 7, and press PAUSE
button.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
11. White Balance Check
Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Filter
Measurement Point
Filter C14 for color temperature
correction
ND filter 1.0 and 0.4 and 0.1
Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value
Vectorscope
Fig. 5-1-12. A to B
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Checking method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2
6
01
0F
3
4
5
6
6
6
01
01
00
3F
7
Check that the lens is not covered
with either filter.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
B-Y
2mm
Check that the center of the white
luminance point is within the
circle shown Fig. 5-1-12. A.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Outdoor white balance check
Fig. 5-1-12. (A)
B-Y
3mm
Place the C14 filter on the lens.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
0.5mm
3mm
Fig. 5-1-12. (B)
LV data check
Place the ND filter 1.5 (1.0 + 0.1
+ 0.4) on the lens.
9
10
6
01
00
11
0
03
06
12
1
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Check that the display data (Note)
satisfies the specified value.
Specified value: 8000 to 8BC0
Note: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
Display data
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
6
01
00
2
0
03
00
R-Y
1mm
Check that the center of the white
luminance point is within the
circle shown Fig. 5-1-12. B.
Remove the C14 filter.
8
2mm
R-Y
Procedure
Indoor white balance check
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
5-28
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
12. Steady Shot Check
Precautions on the Parts Replacement
There are two types of repair parts.
Type A: ENC03JA
Type B: ENC03JB
Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace with
other type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left and
right during hand-shake correction operations.
Precautions on Angular Velocity Sensor
The sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with care
as if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted and
operations will not be performed properly.
Subject
Arbitrary
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Display data of page 1 (Note1)
Adjustment remote commander
Specified Value
2B00 to 4B00
Note1: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
Display data
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Switch setting:
1) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ...................................... ON
2) ZOOM .................................................................... TELE end
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
Pitch sensor check
(SI-032 board SE301)
1
2
0
1
3
0
4
1
03
03
11
12
Set the data.
Check that the display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value.
Specified value: 2B00 to 4B00
Yaw sensor check
(SI-032 board SE302)
Set the data.
Check that the display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value.
Specified value: 2B00 to 4B00
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2
0
03
00
Set the data.
Move the camcorder, and check
that the steady shot operations
have been performed normally.
5-29
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-4.
1. VCO Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will
be blurred.
Mode
Camera
ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT
Note1: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages
caused by static electricity.
Note2: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
Note3: Switch setting:
LCD panel ........................................................................... Close
Note4: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
[Adjusting connector]
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the viewfinder system
are concentrated in CN1108 of VC-278 board.
Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-13 jig (J-6082443-A).
The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN1108.
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal Name
REG GND
N. C.
BPF MONI
N. C.
PB RF
REG GND
N. C.
RF SWP
N. C.
N. C.
Pin No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Subject
Measurement Point
Arbitrary
Pin qa of CN1108 (VCO)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Frequency counter
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
51, 52
f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)
f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Signal Name
VCO
EVF VG
RF SWP
N. C.
CAP FG
RF MON
N. C.
REG GND
REG GND
REG GND
2
C
51
3
C
51
4
C
51
Change the data and set the VCO
frequency (f) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.
Read the data, and this data is
named D51.
Convert D51 to decimal notation,
and obtain D51’. (Note1)
5
6
Calculate D52’ using following
equations (Decimal calculation)
[NTSC model]
When D51’ 236
D52’ = D51’+19
When D51’ > 236
D52’ = 255
[PAL model]
When D51’ 19
D52’ = D51’–19
When D51’ < 19
D52’ = 00
7
Convert D52’ to a hexadecimal
number, and obtain D52. (Note)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Table 5-1-13.
CN1108
1
20
Remove the
CPC lid
8
C
52
D52
9
0
01
00
Set the data.
Note2: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
Fig. 5-1-13.
5-30
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. Contrast Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the
specified value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or
saturated (whitish).
Mode
Camera
2. RGB AMP Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Set the D range of the RGB driver used to drive the LCD to the
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish
or saturated (whitish).
Mode
Camera
Subject
Measurement Point
Arbitrary
Pin qs of CN1108 (EVF VG)
Subject
Measurement Point
Arbitrary
Pin qs of CN1108 (EVF VG)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
54
A = 7.50 ± 0.10V (NTSC)
A = 7.52 ± 0.10V (PAL)
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
58
A = 2.49 ± 0.10V (NTSC)
A = 2.42 ± 0.10V (PAL)
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
C
54
3
C
54
4
0
01
00
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Change the data and set the
voltage (A) between the reversed
waveform pedestal and nonreversed waveform pedestal to the
specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
2
C
58
3
C
58
Set the data.
4
0
01
Change the data and set the
voltage (A) between the 100 IRE
and 0 IRE (pedestal) to the
specified value.
(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)
Press PAUSE button.
00
Set the data.
Pedestal
A
100 IRE
A
2H
2H
Pedestal
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-14.
Fig. 5-1-15.
5-31
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-5.
1-5-1. LCD Type Check
By measuring the resistor value between Pin 6 of CN5502 and
GND, the type of LCD can be discriminated.
LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
Note1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage AC
power supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder to
avoid electrical shock.
Note2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages
caused by static electricity.
Note3: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
Note4: Set the LCD BRIGHT (Menu display) to the center.
Set the LCD COLOR (Menu display) to the center.
[Adjusting connector]
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system are
concentrated in CN5502 of the PD-156/160 board. Connect the
measuring instruments via the multi CPC jig (J-6082-311-A). The
following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN5502.
PD-156 board
Pin No.
Signal Name
1
VB
3
VG
5
VR
7
C-SYNC/XHD
9
GND
Pin No.
2
4
6
8
10
Pin No.
2
4
6
8
10
Signal Name
XVD OUT
PANEL COM
PANEL ID
XHD OUT
GND
6.8kΩ
22kΩ
3.5 LCD TYPE CA (123k) PD-156 TRV840
2.5 LCD TYPE SO (61k) PD-160 TRV740
TRV740E *2
47kΩ
3.5 LCD TYPE SO (123k) PD-160 TRV840
• Abbreviation
HK : Hong Kong model
AUS : Australian model
CH : Chinese model
JE : Tourist model
EE : East European model
NE : North European model
RU : Russian model
Signal Name
XVD OUT
PSIG
MAKER CHECK
XHD OUT
GND
PD-156/160 board
CN5502
1
PD
DCRboard
2.5 LCD TYPE SH (123k) PD-156 TRV738E
TRV740E *1
When the type of LCD is “LCD TYPE CA” or “LCD TYPE SH”,
perform “1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PD-156 board)”
When the type of LCD is “LCD TYPE SO”, perform “1-5-3. LCD
SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PD-160 board)”
Table 5-1-15.
9
LCD type
*1: AEP/EE/NE/RU model
*2: E/AUS/HK/CH/JE model
Table 5-1-14.
PD-160 board
Pin No.
Signal Name
1
VB
3
VG
5
VR
7
XHD
9
GND
Resistor
value
2.2kΩ
10
2
5-32
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-5-2.
LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PD-156 board)
2. RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-156 board)
Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to the
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish
or saturated (whitish).
Mode
VTR stop
1. VCO Adjustment (PD-156 board)
Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will
be blurred.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 8 of CN5502 (XHD OUT)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Frequency counter
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
61, 62
f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)
f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Note2: Refer to “LCD Type Check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
C
61
3
C
61
4
C
61
7
8
C
62
D62
9
0
01
00
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
64
NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA:
A = 3.22 ± 0.05V
PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH:
A = 3.55 ± 0.05V
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Read the data, and this data is
named D61.
Convert D61 to decimal notation,
and obtain D61’. (Note2)
Calculate D62’ using following
equations (Decimal calculation)
[NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA]
When D61’ 252
D62’=D61’+3
When D61’>252
D62’=255
[PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH]
When D61’ 20
D62’=D61’–20
When D61’< 20
D62’=0
6
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjusting method:
Change the data and set the VCO
frequency (f) to the specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
5
No signal
Pin 3 of CN5502 (VG)
Ext. trigger: Pin 4 of CN5502
(PANEL COM)
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Note2: Refer to “LCD Type Check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
2
Signal
Measurement Point
2
C
64
3
4
C
0
64
01
Change the data and set the voltage
(A) between the reversed waveform
pedestal and non-reversed waveform
pedestal to the specified value.
(The data should be “00” to “3F”.)
00
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data.
Pedestal
A
Convert D62’ to a hexadecimal
number, and obtain D62. (Note4)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
2H
Pedestal
Note4: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
Fig. 5-1-16.
5-33
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. Contrast Adjustment (PD-156 board)
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
(whitish).
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 3 of CN5502 (VG)
Ext. trigger: Pin 4 of CN5502
(PANEL COM)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
69
NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA:
A = 3.18 ± 0.05V
PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH:
A = 3.19 ± 0.05V
4. COM AMP Adjustment (PD-156 board)
Set the common electrode drive signal level of LCD to the specified
value.
Mode
VTR stop
3
4
C
0
9
01
Change the data and set the
voltage (A) between the 100 IRE
and 0 IRE (pedestal) to the
specified value.
(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)
00
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
66
NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA:
A = 5.80 ± 0.05V
PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH:
A = 6.16 ± 0.05V
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
69
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
C
No signal
Pin 4 of CN5502 (PANEL COM)
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Note2: Refer to “LCD Type Check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Note2: Refer to “LCD Type Check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type.
Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
2
Signal
Measurement Point
2
C
66
3
C
66
4
0
01
Change the data and set the
PANEL COM signal level (A) to
the specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
00
Set the data.
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data.
A
100 IRE
2H
A
Fig. 5-1-18.
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-17.
5-34
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5. V-COM Adjustment (PD-156 board)
Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the
specified value.
If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker and
conspicuous vertical lines.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Check on LCD display
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
6. White Balance Adjustment (PD-156 board)
Correct the white balance.
If deviated, the reproduction of the LCD screen may degenerate.
Mode
VTR stop
63
The brightness difference between the
section A and section B is minimum.
3
C
63
4
5
C
0
63
01
00
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
67, 68
The LCD screen should not be colored.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
C
67
Change the data so that the
brightness of the section A and
that of the section B is equal.
Subtract 8 from the data.
3
C
68
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data.
4
C
68
Check that the LCD screen is not
colored. If not colored, proceed to
step 10.
5
C
67
6
C
67
Change the data so that the LCD
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.
7
C
68
8
C
68
C
68
0
01
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
63
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
C
No signal
Check on LCD screen
Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel
2. Light induction plate
3. IC5501
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of the
following adjustments.
RGB AMP Adjustment
Contrast Adjustment
COM AMP Adjustment
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
2
Signal
Measurement Point
B
A
A
B
B
A
9
A
B
10
Fig. 5-1-19.
5-35
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
55 (NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA)
84 (PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH)
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
3F (NTSC 3.5 LCD TYPE CA)
5F (PAL 2.5 LCD TYPE SH)
Change the data so that the LCD
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.
00
If the LCD screen is colored,
repeat steps 5 to 9.
Set the data.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
1-5-3.
LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PD-160 board)
2. PSIG Gray Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the uniformity improvement signal to an appropriate level.
Mode
VTR stop
1. VCO Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will
be blurred.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 8 of CN5502 (XHD OUT)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Frequency counter
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
61, 62
f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)
f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 4 of CN5502 (PSIG)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
66
A = 5.00 ± 0.1V
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV740E
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
2
C
66
3
C
66
4
0
01
Change the data and set the PSIG
signal level (A) to the specified
value.
(The data should be “00” to “7F”)
Press PAUSE button.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
C
61
3
C
61
4
C
61
Change the data and set the VCO
frequency (f) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.
Read the data, and this data is
named D61.
Convert D61 to decimal notation,
and obtain D61’. (Note2)
Calculate D62’ using following
equations (Decimal calculation)
[NTSC 2.5 LCD]
When D61’ 238
D62’= D61’+17
When D61’> 238
D62’= 255
[NTSC 3.5 LCD]
When D61’ 247
D62’=D61’+8
When D61’> 247
D62’= 255
[PAL 2.5 LCD]
When D61’ 17
D62’=D61’–17
When D61’< 17
D62’= 0
5
6
7
8
C
62
D62
9
0
01
00
00
Set the data.
A
2H
Fig. 5-1-20.
Convert D 62’ to a hexadecimal
number, and obtain D62. (Note3)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Note3: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
5-36
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4. Black Limit Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the dynamic range of the LCD driver to an appropriate level. If
deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish or saturated
(whitish).
Mode
VTR stop
3. RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to the
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish
or saturated (whitish).
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 3 of CN5502 (VG)
Ext. trigger: Pin 4 of CN5502
(PSIG)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
64
NTSC 2.5 LCD:
A = 7.68 ± 0.05V
NTSC 3.5 LCD:
A = 7.48 ± 0.05V
PAL 2.5 LCD:
A = 7.62 ± 0.05V
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 4 of CN5502 (PSIG)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
65
A = 8.30 ± 0.08V
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV740E
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
2
3
3
3
C4
C5
61
4
C
65
5
C
65
6
7
3
3
C4
C5
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
8
9
0
01
00
Set the data.
Check that the specified value of
“RGB AMP Adjustment” is
satisfied.
Change the data and set the PSIG
signal amplitude (A) to the
specified value.
(The data should be “00” to “0F”.)
Press PAUSE button.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
3
4
C
C
0
64
64
01
Change the data and set the
voltage (A) between the reversed
waveform pedestal and nonreversed waveform pedestal to the
specified value.
00
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data.
Set the data.
Set the following data.
58 (NTSC), 50 (PAL)
Pedestal
A
V
A
Fig. 5-1-22.
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-21.
5-37
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6. Center Level Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the video signal center level of LCD panel to an appropriate
level.
Mode
VTR stop
5. Contrast Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
(whitish).
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Pin 3 of CN5502 (VG)
Ext. trigger: Pin 4 of CN5502
(PSIG)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
69
NTSC 2.5 LCD:
A = 2.72 ± 0.05V
NTSC 3.5 LCD:
A = 2.60 ± 0.05V
PAL 2.5 LCD:
A = 3.19 ± 0.05V
Change the data and set the
voltage (A) between the 100 IRE
and 0 IRE (pedestal) to the
specified value.
(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)
3
4
C
0
69
01
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data.
00
Digital voltmeter
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
6A
A = 7.00 ± 0.03Vdc
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
69
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
C
No signal
Pin 3 of CN5502 (VG)
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note1: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV740E
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
2
Signal
Measurement Point
100 IRE
A
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-23.
5-38
2
C
6A
3
C
6A
4
0
01
Change the data and set the DC
voltage (A) to the specified value.
(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)
Press PAUSE button.
00
Set the data.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
7. V-COM Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the
specified value.
If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker and
conspicuous vertical lines.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Check on LCD display
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
8. White Balance Adjustment (PD-160 board)
Correct the white balance.
If deviated, the reproduction of the LCD screen may degenerate.
Mode
VTR stop
63
The brightness difference between the
section A and section B is minimum.
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Check on LCD screen
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
67, 68
The LCD screen should not be colored.
Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel
2. Light induction plate
3. IC5501
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of the
following adjustments.
RGB AMP Adjustment
Black Limit Adjustment
Contrast Adjustment
Center Level Adjustment
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Adjusting method:
2
C
67
3
C
68
4
C
68
5
C
67
6
C
67
7
C
68
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
7E (NTSC 2.5 LCD)
7E (NTSC 3.5 LCD)
81 (PAL 2.5 LCD)
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
6C (NTSC 2.5 LCD)
78 (NTSC 3.5 LCD)
6F (PAL 2.5 LCD)
Check that the LCD screen is not
colored. If not colored, proceed to
step 10.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
C
63
3
4
C
C
63
63
5
0
01
Change the data so that the
brightness of the section A and
that of the section B is equal.
(The data should be “00” to “3F”.)
Subtract 2 from the data.
Press PAUSE button.
00
B
Set the data.
Change the data so that the LCD
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.
A
A
B
8
C
68
B
A
9
C
68
A
B
10
0
01
Fig. 5-1-24.
5-39
Change the data so that the LCD
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.
00
If the LCD screen is colored,
repeat steps 5 to 9.
Set the data.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-1-2.
5-2. MECHANISM SECTION
ADJUSTMENT
1. Preparations for Adjustment
1) Clean the tape path face (tape guide, capstan shaft, pinch roller).
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
3) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
commander.
4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
5) Select page: 7, address: 62, and set data: 02.
6) Select page: C, address: 3E, set data: 08, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
(Be sure to perform “Processing after operation” after
completing adjustments.)
7) Connect the oscilloscope to VC-278 board CN1108 via CPC13 jig (J-6082-443-A).
Channel 1: VC-278 board, CN1108 Pin 5
External trigger: VC-278 board, CN1108 Pin 8
8) Playback Hi8/standard 8mm alignment tape for tracking.
(WR5-1NP (NTSC), WR5-1CP (PAL))
9) Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is normal at the
entrance and exit. (Fig. 5-2-1.)
If not normal, adjust according to the separate volume “8mm
Video Mechanical Adjustment Manual M2000 Mechanism ”.
10) Perform “Processing after operations”, after completing
adjustment.
Mechanism Section adjustments, checks, and replacement of
mechanism parts, refer to the separate volume “8mm Video
Mechanism Adjustment Manual M2000 Mechanism ”.
2-1.
Hi8/STANDARD 8 MODE
Note1: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
2-1-1. OPERATING WITHOUT CASSETTE
1) Refer to “Section 2. DISASSEMBLY” and supply the power
with the cabinet assembly removed. (So that the mechanical
deck can be operated.)
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
3) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
commander.
4) Close the cassette compartment without loading a cassette and
complete loading.
5) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
6) Select page: C, address: 3E, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
7) Select page: A, address: 10, set data: 10, and press the PAUSE
button.
8) Disconnect the power supply of the unit, and connect it again.
9) Select page: 7, address: 62, and set data: 02.
By carrying out the above procedure, the unit can be operated
without loading a cassette. (Note2)
Be sure to carry out “Processing after Operations” after
checking the operations.
Set the data of page: D, address: 10 to “02”, if the sensor
ineffective mode, forced VTR power supply ON mode is to be
used together.
CN1108 of VC-278 board
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Note2: Except for the camera recording mode and VTR recording
mode.
[Procedure after checking operations]
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: C, address: 3E, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
4) Select page: A, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
5) Select page: 7, address: 62, and set data: 00.
6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
7) Disconnect the power supply of the unit.
Check this section
(Normal waveform)
Entrance side
TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT
Signal Name
REG GND
N. C.
BPF MONI
N. C.
PB RF
REG GND
N. C.
RF SWP
N. C.
N. C.
Pin No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal Name
VCO
EVF VG
RF SWP
N. C.
CAP FG
RF MON
N. C.
REG GND
REG GND
REG GND
Table 5-2-1.
[Procedure after operations]
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander, and turn on the
HOLD switch.
2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
3) Select page: 7, address: 62, and set data: 00.
4) Select page: C, address: 3E, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
5) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
6) Remove the power supply from the unit.
Exit side
CH1
CH2
(Trigger)
V
Fig. 5-2-1.
5-40
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-2.
2-2-3.
DIGITAL8 MODE
Note: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
1. Recording of the tape path check signal
1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, capstan shaft, pinch
roller).
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
4) Set to the camera recording mode.
5) Select page: 3, address: 1C, set data: 5D, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
6) Record for several minutes.
7) Release the camera recording mode.
8) Select page: 3, address: 1C, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
2-2-1.
1)
2)
3)
4)
HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT
CASSETTE
Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.
Select page: 3, address: 01, and set data: 0C, and press the
PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
(The mechanism enters the record mode automatically.)
Note: The function buttons becomes inoperable.
5)
To quit the record mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:
00, and press the PAUSE button. (Whenever you want to quit
the record mode, be sure to quit following this procedure.)
2. Tape path check
1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, capstan shaft, pinch
roller).
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
4) Connect an oscilloscope to VC-278 board CN1108 via the CPC13 jig (J-6082-443-A).
Channel 1: VC-278 board, CN1108 Pin qh (Note)
External trigger: VC-278 board, CN1108 Pin qd
2-2-2.
1)
2)
3)
4)
HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE WITHOUT
CASSETTE
Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.
Select page: 3, address: 01, and set data: 0B, and press the
PAUSE button.
(The mechanism enters the playback mode automatically.)
Note: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pins qh of CN1108 and 6
(GND).
Note: The function buttons becomes inoperable.
5)
OVERALL TAPE PATH CHECK
To quit the playback mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:
00, and press the PAUSE button. (Whenever you want to quit
the playback mode, be sure to quit following this procedure.)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
Select page: 7, address: 62, and set data: 01.
Playback the tape path check signal.
Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 31.
Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 08.
Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is flat at the entrance
and exit.
If not flat, perform “2-1-2. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT” of
“2-1. HI8/STANDARD 8mm MODE”.
10) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 00.
11) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 00.
12) Select page: 7, address: 62, and set data: 00.
Must be flat
Pin qh
Pin qd
Fig. 5-2-2.
5-41
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENT
3-1.
13) PAL Hi8/standard8 alignment tapes (For PAL model)
• For tracking adjustment (WR5-1CP)
Parts code : 8-967-995-07
• For video frequency characteristics adjustment (WR5-7CE)
Parts code : 8-967-995-18
• For checking Standard 8 mode operations
For LP (WR5-4CL)
Parts code : 8-967-995-56
For SP (WR5-5CSP)
Parts code : 8-967-995-47
PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS
Use the following measuring instruments for video section
adjustments.
3-1-1. Equipment to Required
1) TV monitor
2) Oscilloscope (dual-phenomenon, band width above 30 MHz
with delay mode) (Unless specified otherwise, use a 10 : 1
probe.)
3) Frequency counter
4) Pattern generator with video output terminal
5) Digital voltmeter
6) Audio generator
7) Audio level meter
8) Audio distortion meter
9) Audio attenuator
10) Regulated power supply
11) Digital8 alignment tapes
• SW/OL standard (WR5-2D)
Parts code: 8-967-993-22
• Audio operation check for NTSC (WR5-3ND)
Parts code: 8-967-993-32
• System operation check for NTSC (WR5-5ND)
Parts code: 8-967-993-42
• Audio operation check for PAL (WR5-3CD)
Parts code: 8-967-993-37
• System operation check for PAL (WR5-5CD)
Parts code: 8-967-993-47
12) NTSC Hi8/standard8 alignment tapes (For NTSC model)
• For tracking adjustment (WR5-1NP)
Parts code : 8-967-995-02
• For video frequency characteristics adjustment (WR5-7NE)
Parts code : 8-967-995-13
• For checking Standard 8 mode operations
For LP (WR5-4NL)
Parts code : 8-967-995-51
For SP (WR5-5NSP)
Parts code : 8-967-995-42
Note : The following alignment tapes can also be used.
1) WR5-3CL (8-967-995-36)
2) WR5-4CSP (8-967-995-46)
• For checking Hi8 mode operations
For LP (WR5-8CLE)
Parts code : 8-967-995-57
For SP (WR5-8CSE)
Parts code : 8-967-995-48
• For Checking AFM stereo operations (WR5-9CS)
Parts code : 8-967-995-28
• For BPF adjustment (WR5-11CS)
Parts code : 8-967-995-76
14) Adjustment remote commander (J-6082-053-B)
15) CPC-13 jig (J-6082-443-A)
Note : The following alignment tapes can also be used.
WR5-4NSP (8-967-995-41)
• For checking Hi8 mode operations
For LP (WR5-8NLE)
Parts code : 8-967-995-52
For SP (WR5-8NSE)
Parts code : 8-967-995-43
• For Checking AFM stereo operations (WR5-9NS)
Parts code : 8-967-995-23
• For BPF adjustment (WR5-11NS)
Parts code : 8-967-995-71
5-42
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-1-2.
Note2: Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode (VTR mode)
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE
button.
Precautions on Adjusting
Note1: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
The adjustments of this unit are performed in the VTR mode
or camera mode.
To set to the VTR mode, set the power switch to “VCR or
PLAYER” or set the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” using the
adjustment remote commander (Note2).
To set to the Camera mode, set the power switch to “CAMERA”
or set the “Forced Camera Power ON mode” using the
adjustment remote commander (Note3).
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced VTR
Power ON Mode” or “Forced Camera Power ON Mode”.
(Note4)
The front panel block (SI-032 board (Microphone amp., remote
commander receiver), FP-411 flexible (MIC jack, Head phone
jack, LANC jack, MF photo sensor)) must be assembled for
connecting the adjusting remote commander.
To remove it, disconnect the following connector.
VC-278 board CN1116 (30P 0.5mm)
As removing the cabinet (R) assembly (removing CN1110 of
the VC-278 board) means removing the lithium 3V power
supply (BT001 on the CF-2500 block), data such as date, time,
user-set menus will be lost. After completing adjustments, reset
these data.
But the self-diagnosis data and the data on history of use (total
drum rotation time etc.) will be kept even if the lithium 3V
power supply is removed. (Refer to “5-4.Service Mode” for
the self-diagnosis data and the data on history of use.)
The cabinet (R) assembly (CF-2500 block, LCD bock) need
not be connected to operate the VTR block. (Use the adjustment
remote commander, to operate the VTR block.) When removing
the cabinet (R) assembly, disconnect the following connector.
1. VC-278 board CN1110 (22P, 0.5mm)
2. VC-278 board CN1106 (20P, 0.8mm)
The memory stick connector is need not be connected. To
remove it, disconnect the following connector.
VC-278 board CN1105 (10P, 0.5mm)
The viewfinder block is need not be connected. To remove it,
disconnect the following connector.
VC-278 board CN7001 (20P, 0.5mm)
The lens block (CD-358 board) need not be connected. To
remove, disconnect the following connectors.
1. VC-278 board CN1501 (24P, 0.5mm)
2. VC-278 board CN1551 (24P, 0.5mm)
By setting the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” or “Forced
Camera Power ON mode”, the video section can be operate
even if the cabinet (L) assembly (SS-1380 block) has been
removed. When removing the cabinet (L) assembly, disconnect
the following connector.
1. VC-278 board CN1109 (12P 0.8mm)
The above procedure will enable the VTR power to be
turned on with the cabinet (L) assembly (SS-1380 block)
removed.
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced
VTR Power ON mode”.
Note3: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode (Camera mode)
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button.
The above procedure will enable the camera power to be
turned on with the cabinet (L) assembly (SS-1380 block)
removed.
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced
Camera Power ON mode”.
Note4: Exiting the “Forced Power ON” mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5-43
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors
Some of the adjusting points of the video section are concentrated
at VC-278 board CN1108. Connect the measuring instruments via
the CPC-13 jig (J-6082-443-A). The following table lists the pin
numbers and signal names of CN1108.
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal Name
REG GND
N. C.
BPF MONI
N. C.
PB RF
REG GND
N. C.
RF SWP
N. C.
N. C.
Pin No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN1108
1
Signal Name
VCO
EVF VG
RF SWP
N. C.
CAP FG
RF MON
N. C.
REG GND
REG GND
REG GND
20
Remove the
CPC lid
Table 5-3-1.
Fig. 5-3-1.
3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment
Connect the measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-2 and
perform the adjustments.
VTR recording mode (Except AEP, UK, EE, NE, RU model)
Pattern generator
Video output
(75 Ω)
VIDEO
(Yellow)
Adjustment
remote
commander
AUDIO L
(White)
Main unit
AUDIO R
(Red)
LANC jack
AUDIO/VIDEO jack
Playback mode
TV monitor
VIDEO
(Yellow)
Main unit
AUDIO L (White)
Adjustment
remote
commander
AUDIO R (Red)
LANC jack
AUDIO/VIDEO jack
Fig. 5-3-2.
• Abbreviation
EE : East European model
NE : North European model
RU : Russian model
5-44
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-1-5. Alignment Tape
The following table lists alignment tapes which are available.
Use the tape specified in the signal column for each adjustment. If
the type of tape to be used for checking operations is not specified,
use whichever type.
Digital8 alignment tape
Name
Usage
SW/OL standard (WR5-2D) Switching position adjustment
Audio operation check
Audio system adjustment
(WR5-3ND (NTSC),
WR5-3CD (PAL))
System operation check
(WR5-5ND (NTSC),
Operation check
WR5-5CD (PAL))
Hi8/standard 8 mm alignment tape
Name
Tracking
(WR5-1NP(NTSC), WR5-1CP(PAL))
Video frequency characteristics
(WR5-7NE(NTSC), WR5-7CE(PAL))
Operation check
(WR5-5NSP(NTSC), WR5-5CSP(PAL))
Operation check
(WR5-8NSE(NTSC), WR5-8CSE(PAL))
Operation check
(WR5-4NL(NTSC), WR5-4CL(PAL))
Operation check
(WR5-8NLE(NTSC), WR5-8CLE(PAL)
AFM stereo operation check
WR5-9NS(NTSC), WR5-9CS(PAL)
BPF adjustment
WR5-11NS(NTSC), WR5-11CS(PAL)
Recording
mode
Tape type
Tape
speed
Standard 8
MP
SP
Hi8
ME
Standard 8
MP
SP
Hi8
ME
SP
Standard 8
MP
LP
Hi8
ME
LP
Standard 8
MP
SP
AFM stereo Operation check
Standard 8
MP
SP
BPF adjustment
Usage
Tape path adjustment, Switching position
adjustment
SP(NTSC)
Frequency characteristics adjustment
LP(PAL)
Operation check
Tape type
ME ......... Particle type metal tape
MP .......... Evaporated type metal tape
Table. 5-3-2.
5-45
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
Fig. 5-3-3. Shows the color bar signals recorded on the alignment
tape.
Note : Measure using the video terminal of AUDIO/VIDEO jack
(Terminated at 75 Ω).
For NTSC model
Blue
Red
Magenta
Green
(75%)
1V
Cyan
Burst signal
Yellow
0.714V
White
Cyan
Green
Magenta
Red
Blue
White (75%)
Yellow
White (100%)
0.286V
0.286V
Q
Q
I
Black
I
White
(100%)
Horizontal sync signal
Color bar signal waveform
Color bar pattern
(100%)
0.3V
Burst signal
Horizontal sync signal
Color bar signal waveform
Color bar pattern
Fig. 5-3-3. Color Bar Signal of the Alignment Tape
3-1-6. Input/output Level and Impedance
Video input/output
Special stereo minijack, 1Vp-p, 75Ω, unbalanced, sync negative
S video input/output
4-pin mini DIN
Luminance signal:
1Vp-p, 75Ω, unbalanced, sync negative
Chrominance signal:
0.286Vp-p, 75Ω, unbalanced (NTSC)
0.300Vp-p, 75Ω, unbalanced (PAL)
Audio input/output
Special stereo minijack:
Input: -7.5dBs, input impedance more than 47kΩ
Output: -7.5dBs, (at load impedance 47kΩ), output impedance less than 2.2kΩ
5-46
Black
Blue
Red
Magenta
Green
Cyan
0.3V
Yellow
White
0.7V
1V
Magenta
Red
Blue
White (100%)
Yellow
Cyan
Green
For PAL model
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-2.
2-2. Serial No. Input
Write the serial No. and model code in the EEPROM (nonvolatile
memory). Convert the serial No. on the name plate from decimal to
hexadecimal, and write in the EEPROM.
Page
8
SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
1. Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F Page
Data
If the 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F page data is erased due to
some reason, perform “1-2. INITIALIZATION OF PAGE DATA”
of “5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT”
Note:
Address
When reading or writing the 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F page data, select page:
0, address: 10, and set data: 01, then select B, C, E or F page. The
1B, 1C, 1E or 1F page can be chosen by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Read the serial No. on the name plate, and take it as D1.
Example: If the serial No. is 77881.
D1=77881
Note: Use six digits of the low rank when a serial No. is more than
seven digits.
2. Serial No. Input
Note:
Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
3)
Obtain D2 and H1 corresponding to D1 from Table 5-3-3.
Example: If D1 is “77881”.
D2=D1–65536=12345
H1=FE
H1 (Hexadecimal)
D1 (Decimal)
D2 (Decimal)
(Service model code)
000001 to 065535 D1
FE
065536 to 131071 D1–65536
FE
131072 to 196607 D1–131072
FE
2-1. Company ID Input
Write the company ID in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory).
Page
8
Address
8C, 8D, 8E, 8F, 90
Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Input the following data to page: 8, addresses: 8C to 90.
Table 5-3-3.
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
each time to set the data.
3)
Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Address
8C
8D
8E
8F
90
91, 92, 93
4)
Input H1 to page: 8, address: 91. (Model code input)
Example: If H1 is “FE”.
Select page: 8, address: 91, set data: FE, and
press the PAUSE button.
5) Obtain the maximum decimal not exceeding D2 from Table 53-4, and take this as D3.
Example: If D2 is “12345”.
D3 = 12288
6) Obtain the hexadecimal corresponding to D3 from Table 5-34, and take this as H3.
Example: If D3 is “12288”.
H3 = 3000
7) Obtain the difference D 4 between D 2 and D 3. (Decimal
calculation, 0 D4 255)
D4 = D2 – D3
Examp le: If D2 is “12345” and D3 is “12288”.
D4 = 12345 – 12288 = 57
8) Convert D4 to hexadecimal, and take this as H4.
(Refer to “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” in “5-4.
Service Mode”.)
Example: If D4 is “57”.
H4 = 39
9) Input the upper 2 digits of H3 to page: 8, address: 92.
Example: If H3 is “3000”.
Select page: 8, address: 92, set data: 30, and
press the PAUSE button.
10) Input H4 to page: 8, address: 93.
Example: If H4 is “39”.
Select page: 8, address: 93, set data: 39, and
press the PAUSE button.
11) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Data
08
00
46
01
02
5-47
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
HexaHexaHexaHexaHexaHexaHexaHexaDecimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
(D3)
(D
(D
(D
(D
(D
(D
(D
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
0
256
512
768
1024
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
2816
3072
3328
3584
3840
4096
4352
4608
4864
5120
5376
5632
5888
6144
6400
6656
6912
7168
7424
7680
7936
0000
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
0A00
0B00
0C00
0D00
0E00
0F00
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
1A00
1B00
1C00
1D00
1E00
1F00
8192
8448
8704
8960
9216
9472
9728
9984
10240
10496
10752
11008
11264
11520
11776
12032
12288
12544
12800
13056
13312
13568
13824
14080
14336
14592
14848
15104
15360
15616
15872
16128
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
2900
2A00
2B00
2C00
2D00
2E00
2F00
3000
3100
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3700
3800
3900
3A00
3B00
3C00
3D00
3E00
3F00
16384
16640
16896
17152
17408
17664
17920
18176
18432
18688
18944
19200
19456
19712
19968
20224
20480
20736
20992
21248
21504
21760
22016
22272
22528
22784
23040
23296
23552
23808
24064
24320
4000
4100
4200
4300
4400
4500
4600
4700
4800
4900
4A00
4B00
4C00
4D00
4E00
4F00
5000
5100
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
5A00
5B00
5C00
5D00
5E00
5F00
24576
24832
25088
25344
25600
25856
26112
26368
26624
26880
27136
27392
27648
27904
28160
28416
28672
28928
29184
29440
29696
29952
30208
30464
30720
30976
31232
31488
31744
32000
32256
32512
6000
6100
6200
6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
6A00
6B00
6C00
6D00
6E00
6F00
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
7A00
7B00
7C00
7D00
7E00
7F00
32768
33024
33280
33536
33792
34048
34304
34560
34816
35072
35328
35584
35840
36096
36352
36608
36864
37120
37376
37632
37888
38144
38400
38656
38912
39168
39424
39680
39936
40192
40448
40704
Table 5-3-4.
5-48
8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
8800
8900
8A00
8B00
8C00
8D00
8E00
8F00
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800
9900
9A00
9B00
9C00
9D00
9E00
9F00
40960 A000 49152 C000
41216 A100 49408 C100
41472 A200 49664 C200
41728 A300 49920 C300
41984 A400 50176 C400
42240 A500 50432 C500
42496 A600 50688 C600
42752 A700 50944 C700
43008 A800 51200 C800
43264 A900 51456 C900
43520 AA00 51712 CA00
43776 AB00 51968 CB00
44032 AC00 52224 CC00
44288 AD00 52480 CD00
44544 AE00 52736 CE00
44800 AF00 52992 CF00
45056 B000 53248 D000
45312 B100 53504 D100
45568 B200 53760 D200
45824 B300 54016 D300
46080 B400 54272 D400
46336 B500 54528 D500
46592 B600 54784 D600
46848 B700 55040 D700
47104 B800 55296 D800
47360 B900 55552 D900
47616 BA00 55808 DA00
47872 BB00 56064 DB00
48128 BC00 56320 DC00
48384 BD00 56576 DD00
48640 BE00 56832 DE00
48896 BF00 57088 DF00
57344
57600
57856
58112
58368
58624
58880
59136
59392
59648
59904
60160
60416
60672
60928
61184
61440
61696
61952
62208
62464
62720
62976
63232
63488
63744
64000
64256
64512
64768
65024
65280
E000
E100
E200
E300
E400
E500
E600
E700
E800
E900
EA00
EB00
EC00
ED00
EE00
EF00
F000
F100
F200
F300
F400
F500
F600
F700
F800
F900
FA00
FB00
FC00
FD00
FE00
FF00
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-3.
2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-278 board)
SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
Before perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check that
the specified value of “54MHz/66MHz Origin Oscillation
Adjustment” of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” is satisfied.
And check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is “00”. If not, set
data: 00 to this address.
Mode
VTR stop
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Display data of page: 3, address: 02, 03
Adjustment remote commander
Note: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
C
1F, 20, 22, 29
Adjusting Procedure:
1. REEL FG adjustment
2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adjustment
3. Switching position adjustment
4. AGC center level and APC & AEQ adjustment
5. PLL f0 & LPF f0 fine adjustment
6. Hi8/Standrd8 switching position adjustment
7. Cap FG duty adjustment
Specified Value
Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.
Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1. REEL FG Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Compensates the dispersion of the hall elements.
Measurement Point
Display data of page: 3, address: 03
0
C
01
21
01
CA
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3
3
01
00
30
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjustment remote commander
C
4
3
01
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
17, 2F
00 or 01 or 04 or 05
5
3
02
6
3
03
7
0
01
Check that the data changes to
“00” with in 10 sec. (Note2)
Check that the data is “00”.
(Note2)
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Close the cassette compartment
without inserting a cassette.
2
0
01
01 Set the data.
3
3
01
4
3
02
5
3
03
6
0
01
1C
00
S reel is defective
S reel and T reel are defective
When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “CE”.
When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “C6”.
C6
D2
When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “D2”
C2
There are errors when it isn’t satisfied even if the above treatment is
done.
If bit2, bit3, bit4, bit5 or bit 6 of the data of page: 3, address: 03 is
“1”, there are errors. For the error contents, see the following table.
(For the bit values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit
value discrimination”.)
Note: If the data is other value, adjustment has errors. (Take an appropriate
remedial measures according to the errors referring to the following
table.)
08, 09, 0C, 0D
0A, 0B, 0E, 0F
Set the data.
Setting data
When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “CA”. CE
Check that the data is “00” or “01”
or “04” or “05”. (Note)
Set the data.
Contents of defect
T reel is defective
00
Note2: If it isn’t satisfied, select page: C, address: 21, set the following
data, and press the PAUSE button, and repeat steps 3 to 6.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
“00”,
Data
02, 03, 06, 07
Procedure
1
2
5-49
Bit value of page: 3,
address: 03 data
bit 2 = 1 or bit 3 = 1
Error contents
bit 4 = 1 or bit 5 = 1
bit 6 = 1
PLL f0 adjustment is defective
LPF f0 adjustment is defective
PLL f0 fine adjustment is defective
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-278 board)
To obtain normal playback waveform output during the Digital8
playback mode, adjust the switching position.
Mode
VTR playback
Signal
Measurement Point
SW/OL reference tape (WR5-2D)
Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjustment remote commander
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
10, 11, 12, 13
00
4. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Use a Hi8 MP tape.
4-1. Preparations before adjustments
Mode
Camera recording
Subject
Arbitrary
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
0
8
01
21
01
C8
3
Record the camera signal for three
minutes.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Insert the SW/OL reference tape
and enter the VTR STOP mode.
2
3
0
C
01
10
4
3
21
5
3
01
6
3
02
7
3
03
8
C
10
9
0
01
01
EE
0D
00
4-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Mode
Signal
Playback
Recorded signal at “Preparations before
adjustments”
Check that the data is “02”.
(Note2)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Pin qh of CN1108 (RF MON) (Note 1)
Ext. trigger: Pin qd of CN1108 (RF
SWP)
Oscilloscope
Check that the data changes to
“00” in the following order.
“0E”→“29”→“0E”→“20”→“00”
Check that the data is “00”.
(Note3)
Check that the data is other than
“EE”. (Note3)
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
C
1E
Specified Value
The data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”
Note1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin qh and Pin w; (GND) of
CN1108.
75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
Set the data.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Playback the recorded signal at
“Preparations before adjustments”
Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 21 is “72”, the tape top being played.
After playing the tape for 1 to 2 seconds, stop it, perform step 5
and higher.
Note3: If the data is other than “00”, select page: C, address: 21, after
write down the data, set data: 10, and press the PAUSE button,
and repeat from step1.
There are errors when the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than
“00” even if this treatment is done. Select page: C, address: 21, set
the data written down, and press the PAUSE button.
If bit 0 of the data is “1”, the A channel is defective. If bit 1 is “1”,
the B channel is defective. Contents of the defect is written into
page: C, addresses: 10 and 12. See the following table. (For the bit
values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value
discrimination”. ) If bit 3 of the data is “1”,the tape end being
played, and adjustment has errors.
Note4: If the data is “EE”, rewind the tape and repeat steps 1 to 7.
E8
Writing into EEPROM (IC4502) is
defective
Adjustment data is out of range
E7
No data is returned from IC3301
0
7
01
62
01
01
Set the data.
Set the data.
4
5
3
33
08
Set the data.
Confirm that the playback RF
signal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-4.)
6
3
01
23
7
3
02
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is “00”.
8
3
03
Check that the data is “00”.
(Note2)
Perform “APC & AEQ Adjustment”.
Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, adjustment
has errors.
When the B channel is defective
Data of page: C,
Contents of defect
address: 12
E8
E7
2
3
9
When the A channel is defective
Data of page: C,
Contents of defect
address: 10
EE
Procedure
Set the data.
Set the data.
Adjustment data is out of range
No data is returned from IC3301
5-50
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Mode
Playback
Signal
Measurement Point
Recorded signal at “Preparations
before adjustments”
Pin qh of CN1108 (RF MON) (Note 1)
Ext. trigger: Pin qd of CN1108 (RF
SWP)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
18, 19, 1B, 1C, 21, 2C
The data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”
4-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2
0
7
01
62
01
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
3
4
3
8
33
21
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5
0
01
00
Set the data.
PB RF signal is stable
Note1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin qh and Pin w; (GND) of
CN1108.
75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
Note2: The “AGC Center Level Adjustment” must have already been
completed before starting this adjustment.
Pin qh
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
C
18
20
3
C
19
20
4
C
1B
25
5
C
1C
25
6
C
21
CA
7
C
2C
03
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Playback the recorded signal at
“Preparations before adjustments”
7
3
62
33
01
08
Set the data.
Set the data.
8
9
10
11
12
3
01
13
3
02
14
3
03
15
07
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Pin qd
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
13.3 msec
Fig. 5-3-4.
Confirm that the playback RF
signal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-4.)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes from
“07” to “00” in about 20 seconds
after pressing PAUSE button.
Check that the data is “00”.
(Note3)
Perform “Processing after
Completing Adjustments”.
Note3: If the data is other than “00”, adjustment has errors.
5-51
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Fine Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Mode
Signal
VTR stop
Arbitrary
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Display data of page: 3, address: 02, 03
Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address
C
1F, 20, 22, 29
Specified Value
Display data of page: 3, address: 02 is
“00”.
Display data of page: 3, address: 03 is
“00”.
6. Hi8/Standard8 Switching Position Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
If deviated in this case causes switching noise or jitter on the Hi8/
Standard8 mode played back screen.
Mode
Playback
Signal
Measurement Point
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
0
3
01
01
3
3
02
4
3
03
5
0
01
01
30
Procedure
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
40, 41
t1 = 0 ± 10 µsec
Adjusting Method:
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Set to the stop mode.
Check that the data changes to
“00” with in 10 sec. (Note2)
Check that the data is “00”.
(Note3)
00
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2
Hi8/Standard8 alignment tape:
For tracking adjustment
(WR5-1NP (NTSC), WR5-1CP (PAL))
CH1: Pin 8 of CN1108 (RF SWP)
CH2: Pin 5 of CN1108 (PB RF)
Set the data.
Note2: If it isn’t satisfied, there are errors.
Note3: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, there are
errors. For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit
values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value
discrimination”.)
Bit value of page: 3,
address: 03
Error contents
bit 2 = 1 or bit 3 = 1
bit 4 = 1 or bit 5 = 1
PLL f0 fine adjustment is defective
PLL f0 adjustment is defective
bit 6 = 1
LPF f0 adjustment is defective
2
3
0
C
01
3E
01
40
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
4
5
7
62
02
Set the data.
Set to the playback mode.
6
C
40
7
8
C
C
40
41
9
10
C
C
41
3E
00
Press PAUSE button
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
11
12
7
0
62
01
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
Change the data and minimize
“t1”. (Coarse adjustment)
Press PAUSE button
Change the data and adjust so that
the switching position (t1)
becomes the specified value. (Fine
adjustment)
CH1
CH2
Enlargement
CH1
t1=0 ± 10 µsec
CH2
Fig. 5-3-5.
5-52
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
7. CAP FG Duty Adjustment (VC-278 board)
Set the Cap FG signal duty cycle to 50% to establish an appropriate
capstan servo. If deviated, the uneven rotation of capstan and noise
can occur in the Hi8/Standard8 LP mode.
Mode
Playback
Signal
Measurement Point
Hi8/standard 8 alignment tape :
For checking operation
(WR5-5NSP (NTSC), WR5-5CSP (PAL) )
Pin qg of CN1108 (CAP FG)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified value
16
Duty = 50 ± 1 %
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Set to the playback mode.
2
3
0
3
01
01
01
00
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
4
3
01
81
5
3
02
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes from
“81” to “00”.
6
3
03
0
01
7
8
00
Check that the data is “00”.
(Note2)
Check that Duty of CAP FG signal
satisfies the specified value. If not,
repeat steps 3 to 7.
Set the data.
Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, there are
errors. For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit
values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value
discrimination”.)
Bit value of page: 3,
address: 03
bit 0 = 1
Error contents
bit 1 = 1
Hi8/Standard8 mode wasn’t set up.
Adjustment time-out
Center of movement
A
B
Duty = A/B × 100 [%]
Fig. 5-3-6.
5-53
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-4.
2. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-278 board)
VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Note1: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
Note2: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
1. 54MHz/66MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
Set the frequency of the clock for synchronization.
If deviated, the synchronization will be disrupted and the color will
become inconsistent.
Mode
Camera
Subject
Measurement Point
Not required
Pin qh of IC1502
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Frequency counter
F
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
10
f = 33000000 ± 166Hz (NTSC)
f = 27000000 ± 134Hz (APL)
3
F
10
4
0
01
00
No signal
Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack
(75Ω terminated)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
25
A = 1000 ± 20mV
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
10
Signal
Measurement Point
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
F
VTR stop
Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
2
Mode
2
A
12
10
3
3
0C
02
4
C
25
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Change the data and set the Y
signal level (A) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.
5
C
25
Change the data and set the
frequency (f) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.
6
3
0C
00
7
A
12
00
Set the data.
8
0
01
00
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Center of luminance line
VC-278 board
A
36 25
24
37
13
48
1
IC1502
12
H
Fig. 5-3-7.
5-54
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point
4. VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-278 board)
No signal
Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEO
jack (75Ω terminated)
External trigger: Y signal terminal of
S VIDEO jack
Mode
Signal
VTR stop
No signal
Measurement Point
Video signal terminal of AUDIO/
VIDEO jack (75Ω terminated)
Oscilloscope
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
26, 27
Cr level: A = 714 ± 14mV (NTSC)
A = 700 ± 14mV (PAL)
Cb level: B = 714 ± 14mV (NTSC)
B = 700 ± 14mV (PAL)
Burst level: C =286 ± 6mV (NTSC)
C =300 ± 6mV (PAL)
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
A
12
10
3
3
0C
02
4
C
26
5
6
C
C
26
27
7
8
C
3
27
0C
00
9
A
12
00
10
0
01
00
Sync level: A = 293 ± 18mV (NTSC)
A = 307 ± 18mV (PAL)
Burst level: B = 286 ± 18mV (NTSC)
B = 300 ± 18mV (PAL)
0
A
01
12
01
10
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3
3
0C
02
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the sync signal level
(A) satisfies the specified value.
4
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5
Change the data and set the Cr signal
level (A) to the specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
Change the data and set the Cb signal
level (B) to the specified value.
Procedure
1
2
6
3
0C
00
7
A
12
00
8
0
01
00
Check that the burst signal level
(B) satisfies the specified value.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
B
A
H
H
Fig. 5-3-9.
C
A
0.28 µsec (NTSC)
B
0.23 µsec (PAL)
Fig. 5-3-8.
5-55
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5. Hi8/Standard8 Y/C Output Level Setting
(VC-278 board)
Set the Y/C signal output level during the Hi8/Standard8 playback
mode.
Mode
VTR stop
6. Hi8/standard 8mm AFC fo Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
Adjust the pull-in range of the clock generator (IC2201) for A/D
conversion during Hi8/standard 8mm playback.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Adjustment Page
No signal
C
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal
Display data of page: 3, address: 9D
Adjustment Address
44, 45
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Adjustment remote commander
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
43
7C to 84
Note1: Perform this adjustment when IC2201 is replaced.
Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2
0
D
01
10
01
02
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3
4
3
3
9E
A4
01
Set the data.
Check that the data.
When the data is “53”, proceed
to step 5.
When the data is “03”, proceed
to step 8.
5
C
44
6
C
45
7
8
C
44
9
C
45
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Procedure
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
<69> Set the data, and press PAUSE
[65] [65]button. (Note3)
<64> Set the data, and press PAUSE
[72] button. (Note3)
Proceed to step 10.
A0 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
<AA> Set the data, and press PAUSE
[B8] button. (Note3)
10
11
3
D
9E
10
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
12
0
01
00
Set the data.
Note3: < >: NTSC model, [ ]: PAL model
5-56
2
D
10
02
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3
3
0D
04
4
5
3
3
93
9E
04
01
Set the data.
Set the data.
6
C
43
50
7
3
01
60
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
8
3
02
9
10
3
3
03
01
11
3
9D
12
3
0D
00
13
14
3
3
93
9E
00
00
Set the data.
Set the data.
15
D
10
00
16
0
01
00
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Check that the data changes from
“60” to “00”.
00
Check that the data is “00”.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data satisfies the
specifies value.
When the data doesn’t satisfy the
specified value, return to step 6.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3-5.
1. Hi8/Standard8 AFM BPF f0 Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
Sets the BPF passing frequency of IC5701 so that the AFM signal
can separate from the playback RF signal properly. If deviated. the
mono/stereo mode will be differentiated incorrectly, and noises and
distortions will increase during high volume playback.
Mode
Playback
AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Note1: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
Note2: NTSC model: DCR-TRV740/TRV840
PAL model: DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
[Connecting the measuring instruments for the audio]
Connect the audio system measuring instruments in addition to the
video system measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-10.
Signal
[Adjustment Procedure]
1) Hi8/Standard8 AFM BPF f0 adjustment
2) Hi8/Standard8 AFM 1.5MHz deviation adjustment
3) Hi8/Standard8 AFM 1.7MHz deviation adjustment
4) Digital8 playback level check
5) Overall level characteristics check
6) Overall distortion check
7) Overall noise level check
8) Overall separation check
Measurement Point
Hi8/Standard8 alignment tape:
For BPF adjustment
(WR5-11NS (NTSC), WR5-11CS (PAL))
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Distortion meter
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
4E
The Main and Sub channel distortion
rate should be almost the same (within
± 1%) and minimum.
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Audio oscillator
600 Ω
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch (menu display) to “2”.
3) Select page: C, address: 4E, change the data and minimize the
distortion rate.
4) Press the PAUSE button.
5) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch (menu display) to “1”.
6) Select page: C, address: 4E, change the data and minimize the
distortion rate.
7) Press the PAUSE button.
8) Repeat steps 2) to 7) and set the data of address: 4E so that the
distortions rates when the Hi-Fi SOUND switch is set to “2”
and set to “1” respectively are almost the same and minimum.
9) Press the PAUSE button.
10) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
11) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch to “STEREO”.
Main unit
Recording (Camera mode)
MIC
Left
Right
Attenuator
600 Ω: 270 Ω (1-249-410-11) + 330 Ω (1-249-411-11)
Playback
Main unit
TV monitor
Video (Yellow)
Left (White)
AUDIO/
VIDEO
47k Ω
Audio level meter
or Distortion meter
Right
(Red)
47k Ω
47k Ω (1-249-437-11)
Fig. 5-3-10.
5-57
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2. Hi8/Standard8 AFM 1.5 MHz Deviation Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
Adjust to the optimum 1.5MHz audio FM signal deviation.
If the adjustment is not correct, its playback level will differ from
that of other units.
Mode
Playback
Signal
Measurement Point
Hi8/Standard8 alignment tape:
For checking AFM stereo operation
Monoscope section
(WR5-9NS (NTSC), WR5-9CS (PAL))
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Audio level meter
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
4C
–7.5 ± 2.0dBs
4. Digital8 Playback Level Check
Mode
Playback
Signal
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
5. Overall Level Characteristics Check
3. Hi8/Standard8 AFM 1.7 MHz Deviation Adjustment
(VC-278 board)
Adjust to the optimum 1.7MHz audio FM signal deviation.
If improper, this causes deteriorated separation (with stereo signal).
Mode
Playback
Measurement Point
Hi8/Standard8 alignment tape:
For checking AFM stereo operation
Monoscope section
(WR5-9NS (NTSC), WR5-9CS (PAL))
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page
Oscilloscope
C
Adjustment Address
Specified Value
4D
–7.5 ± 2.0dBs
Audio level meter and frequency
counter
32 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +3.0 ± 2.0dBs
48 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +3.0 ± 2.0dBs
44.1 kHz mode:
The 7.35kHz signal level during
EMP OFF is +2.0 ± 2.0dBs.
The 7.35kHz signal level during
EMP ON is –6 ± 2 dB from the
signal level during EMP OFF.
Checking Method:
1) Check that the playback signal level is the specified value.
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch (menu display) to “1”.
3) Select page: C, address: 4C, change the data and set the 400Hz
signal level to the specified value.
4) Press the PAUSE button.
5) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch (menu display) to “STEREO”.
6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Signal
Digital8 alignment tape:
For audio operation check
(WR5-3ND (NTSC), WR5-3CD (PAL))
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Mode
Signal
Recording and playback
400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack left
and right
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Audio level meter
Specified Value
–7.5 ± 3.0dBs
Checking Method:
1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack left and right.
2) Record the signal.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the 400Hz signal level is the specified value.
6. Overall Distortion Check
Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch (menu display) to “2”.
3) Select page: C, address: 4D, change the data and set the 1kHz
signal level to the specified value.
4) Press the PAUSE button.
5) Set the Hi-Fi SOUND switch (menu display) to “STEREO”.
6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Mode
Signal
Recording and playback
400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack left
and right
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Audio distortion meter
Specified Value
Below 0.4%
(200Hz to 6kHz BPF ON)
Checking Method:
1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack left and right.
2) Record the signal.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the distortion is the specified value.
5-58
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
7. Overall Noise Level Check
Mode
Recording and playback
Signal
Measurement Point
No signal: MIC jack left and right
AUDIO/VIDEO jack left or right
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value
Audio level meter
Below –45dBs
(IHF-A filter ON, 20kHz LPF ON)
8. Overall Separation Check
Mode
Recording and playback
Signal
Checking Method:
1) Connect the left terminal of MIC jack and its ground terminal
with a jumper wire.
2) Connect the right terminal of MIC jack and its ground terminal
with a jumper wire.
3) Record the signal.
4) Playback the recorded section.
5) Check that the noise level is the specified value.
6) Remove the jumper wires.
Measurement Point
No signal: MIC jack <left> [right]
400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack
<right> [left]
AUDIO/VIDEO jack <left> [right]
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value
Audio level meter
Below –40dBs
< >: Left channel check
[ ]: Right channel check
Checking Method:
1) Connect the <left> [right] terminal of MIC jack and its ground
terminal with a jumper wire.
2) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack <right> [left].
3) Record the signal.
4) Playback the recorded section.
5) Check that the signal level of the AUDIO/VIDEO jack <left>
[right] is the specified value.
6) Remove the jumper wire.
5-59
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
5-4. SERVICE MODE
4-1.
ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER
2. Precautions Upon Using
the Adjustment Remote Commander
Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase the
correct adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommended
that all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustments
and new adjustment data after each adjustment.
The adjustment remote commander is used for changing the
calculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. The
adjustment remote commander performs bi-directional
communication with the unit using the remote commander signal
line (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communication
is written in the non-volatile memory.
1. Using the Adjustment Remote Commander
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC
terminal.
2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to
“HOLD” (SERVICE position). If it has been properly
connected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander will
display as shown in Fig. 5-4-1.
Page
Data
Address
Fig. 5-4-1.
3)
Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows.
• Changing the page
The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button is
pressed, and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH– button is
pressed. There are altogether 20 pages, from 0 to F, 1B, 1C,
1E, 1F (Note1).
Hexadecimal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B CD E F
notation
LCD Display
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F
Decimal notation
conversion value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 15
4)
• Changing the address
The address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed,
and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF.
• Changing the data (Data setting)
The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed,
and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF.
• Writing the adjustment data
The PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustment
data (8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F page) in the
nonvolatile memory. (The new adjusting data will not be
recorded in the nonvolatile memory if this step is not
performed.)(Note2)
After completing all adjustments, turn off the main power
supply (8.4 V) once.
Note: When reading or writing the 1B, 1C, 1E, 1F page data, select page:
0, address: 10, and set data: 01, then select B, C, E or F page. The
1B, 1C, 1E or 1F page can be chosen by this data setting.
After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to
“00”.
5-60
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-2.
DATA PROCESS
The calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remote
commander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required for
obtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case,
after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation,
calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use it
as the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimal
conversion table.
Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table
Lower digit of
hexadecimal
0
1
2
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
( A)
B
(b )
C
(c )
D
( d)
E
(E)
F
(F)
Upper digit
of hexadecimal
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
2
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
3
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
4
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
5
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
6
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
7
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
8
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
9
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
A (A)
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
B (b)
176
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
C (c)
177
193
178
192
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
D (d)
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
E (E)
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
F ( F)
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
Note: The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander.
(Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd);
Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point
“189” of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.
Table. 5-4-1.
5-61
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
4-3.
2. Emergence Memory Address
SERVICE MODE
Note: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page : 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
Page C
Address
Contents
F4
EMG code when first error occurs
Additional note on adjustment
Note1: After the completion of the all adjustments, cancel the service
mode by either of the following ways.
1) After data on page: C and D is restored, unplug the main power
supply and remove the coin lithium battery. ( In this case, date
and time and menu setting have been set by users are canceled.
Perform resetting.)
2) After data on page: C and D is restored, select page: 0, address:
01, and return the data to 00. And when data on page:2 and 3
are changed, return data to the original condition.
Note2: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,
address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.
F6
F7
1. Setting the Test Mode
Page C
Data
00
01
Page D
Data
Address 3E
EMG code when second error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when second
error occurs
Lower: MSW code when second error occurs
FB
Lower: MSW code to be moved when second error
occurs
EMG code when last error occurs
FE
Normal
Test mode
Various emergency prohibitions and releases
Drum emergency, capstan emergency, loading motor
emergency, reel emergency, tape top and end, DEW
detection
FF
Function
02
Forced VTR power ON
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when last error
occurs
Lower: MSW code when last error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when last error
occurs
When no error occurs in this unit, data “00” is written in the above
addresses (F4 to FF). when first error occurs in the unit, the data
corresponding to the error is written in the first emergency address
(F4 to F7). In the same way, when the second error occurs, the data
corresponding to the error is written in the second emergency address
(F8 to FB).
Finally, when the last error occurs, the data corresponding to the
error is written in the last emergency address (FC to FF).
Address 10
Normal
Forced camera power ON
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when first error
occurs
Lower: MSW code when first error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when first error
occurs
F8
FA
FC
Function
00
01
Address F4 to FF
Note : After completing adjustments, be sure to initialize the data of
addresses F4 to FF to “00”.
Initializing method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 37, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
• Before setting the data , select page: 0, address: 01, and set data:
01.
• For page C and D, the data set will be recorded in the non-volatile
memory by pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not be
exited even when the main power is turned off (8.4Vdc).
• After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the data
of page: C address: 3E to 00, and the data of page: D address: 10
to 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander. And select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2-1. EMG Code (Emergency Code)
Codes corresponding to the errors which occur are written in C
page, addresses F4, F8 and FC. The type of error indicated by the
code are shown in the following table.
Code
Emergency Type
00
10
No error
Loading motor emergency during loading
11
22
Loading motor emergency during unloading
T reel emergency during normal rotation
23
S reel emergency during normal rotation
T reel emergency (Short circuit between S reel
24
5-62
30
terminal and T reel terminal)
FG emergency at the start up of the capstan
40
42
FG emergency at the start up of the drum
FG emergency during normal rotation of the drum
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
2-2. MSW Code
• The lower parts of the data of C page, addresses F6, FA and FE
represent the MSW codes (mode switch mechanism position)
when errors occurs.
• The upper parts of the data of C page, addresses F6, FA and FE
represent, when the mechanism position is to be moved, the MSW
codes at the start movement (when moving the loading motor).
• The lower parts of the data of C page, addresses F7, FB and FF
represent the MSW codes of the desired movement when the
mechanism position is to be moved.
Loading →
← Unloading
Mechanism position
USE
BL
LOAD
BL STOP BL
TURN
BL
REC/PB
BL
REW
0 1 0 1 = 5
0 1 1 1 = 7
0 0 0 0 = 0
0 1 1 1 = 7
0 1 0 0 = 4
0 1 1 1 = 7
0 1 1 0 = 6
0 1 1 1 = 7
0 0 1 0 = 2
MODE SW B
MODE SW A
BL
0 1 1 1 = 7
0 0 1 1 = 3
MODE SW C
EJECT
0 1 1 1 = 7
0 0 0 1 = 1
MSB
LS chassis movement range
Pinch roller is detached
Pinch roller is pressed
Releasing lock of
cassette campartment
Mechanism Position MSW Code
EJECT
1
BL
7
USE
3
LOAD
2
STOP
6
TURN
4
REC/PB
0
REW
5
Contents
Position at which the cassette compartment lock is released. The mechanism will not move any
further in the unloading direction.
BLANC code. Between two codes. The mechanism will not be stopped by this code while it is
operating.
EJECT completion position. When the cassette is ejected, the mechanism will stop at this
position.
Code during loading/unloading. Code that is used while the LS chassis is moving.
Normal stop position. The pinch roller separates, the tension regulator returns, and the brakes of
both reels turn on.
Position at which is used when the pendulum gear swings from S to T or from T to S.
PB, REC, CUE, REV, PAUSE, FF positions.
The pinch roller is pressed and tension regulator is on.
REW position. REW are carried at this position.
The mechanism will not move any further in the loading direction.
5-63
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
3. Bit Value Discrimination
Bit values must be discriminated using the display data of the
adjustment remote commander for the following items. Us the table
below to discriminate if the bit value is “1” or “0”.
Display on the
adjustment
remote
commander
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
8
9
A (A)
B (b)
C (C)
D (d)
E (E)
B
F (F)
Display on the adjustment remote commander
Address
Page
bit3 to bit0 discrimination
bit7 to bit4 discrimination
(Example)
If the remote commander display is “8E”, bit value from bit
7 to bit 4 can be discriminated from the column A, and
those from bit 3 to bit 0 from column B.
bit3
or
bit7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bit values
bit2
bit1
or
or
bit6
bit5
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
4. Switch check (1)
Page 7
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Address 0E
Function
POWER SW (VTR MODE SW) (SS-1380 block S001)
POWER SW (CAM MODE SW) (SS-1380 block S001)
START/STOP SW (SS-1380 block S002)
EJECT SW (SS-1380 block S003)
CC DOWN SW (Mechanism chassis)
PHOTO FREEZE SW (SS-1380 block S004)
POWER SW (PHOTO STBY SW) (SS-1380 block S001)
When bit value = 1
ON (VCR/PLAYER)
ON (CAMERA)
ON
ON
ON (DOWN)
ON
ON (MEMORY)
When bit value = 0
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF (UP)
OFF
OFF
Using method:
1) Select page: 7, address: 0E.
2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.
5. Switch check (2)
Page 7
Address 0C
Bit
1
2
3
Function
AUDIO/VIDEO jack (FP-410 flexible J201)
S VIDEO jack (FP-410 flexible J201)
MIC jack (FP-411 flexible J302)
When bit value = 1
Used
Used
Used
Using method:
1) Select page: 7, address: 0C.
2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.
5-64
When bit value = 0
Not used
Not used
Not used
bit0
or
bit4
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6. Switch check (3)
Page 3
Bit
6
Address 61
Function
HEADPHONS jack (FP-411 flexible J301)
When bit value = 1
Used
When bit value = 0
Not used
Using method:
1) Select page: 3, address: 61.
2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.
7. Switch check (4)
Page 2
Address 60 to 65
Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 60 to 65.
2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be discriminated.
Data
Address
00 to 0C
SUPER
60
NIGHT SHOT
(KEY AD0)
(FK-2500)
(IC5001 tl)
(S401)
61
(KEY AD1)
(IC5001 y;)
PAUSE
(FK-2500)
(S405)
0D to 24
25 to 3F
40 to 5D
5E to 81
82 to AA
STOP
(FK-2500)
(S404)
FF
(FK-2500)
(S407)
REW
(FK-2500)
(S409)
PLAY
(FK-2500)
(S403)
REC
(FK-2500)
(S406,408)
FOCUS
(CF-2500)
(S004)
BACK LIGHT
(CF-2500)
(S016)
FADER
(CF-2500)
(S010)
EXPOSURE
(CF-2500)
(S027)
MENU
EXECUTE
(CF-2500)
(S007)
EDIT
EDIT
SEARCH +
SEARCH –
(CF-2500)
(CF-2500)
(S024)
(S025)
63
END SEARCH PB ZOOM
TITLE
(KEY AD3) (CF-2500)
(CF-2500)
(CF-2500)
(IC5001 yg)
(S003)
(S006)
(S009)
MEMORY
MEMORY
64
MPEG PLAY
INDEX
MIX
(KEY AD4)
(CF-2500)
(CF-2500)
(CF-2500)
(IC5001 yh)
(S005)
(S026)
(S029)
PHOTO
PANEL
65
(PHOTO START) REVERSE
(KEY AD5)
(SS-1380)
(FP-412)
(IC5001 yj)
(S004)
(S601)
AB to D7
No key input
PANEL
CLOSE
(CF-2500)
(S001)
62
(KEY AD2)
(IC5001 ya)
Address
C8
C9
CA
CB
CC
CD
MENU
(CF-2500)
(S012)
MEMORY
DELETE
(CF-2500)
(S028)
VOLUME +
(CF-2500)
(S015)
VOLUME –
(CF-2500)
(S022)
MEMORY +
(CF-2500)
(S013)
MEMORY –
(CF-2500)
(S017)
Remarks
Year
Month
Day
Year
Month
Day
DISPLAY
(CF-2500)
(S019)
MEMORY
PLAY
(CF-2500)
(S018)
No key input
No key input
PANEL
NORMAL
(FP-412)
(S601)
Address C8 to CD
Function
User initial power
on date
(BCD code)
Final condensation
occurrence date
(BCD code)
PANEL OPEN
(CF-2500)
(S001)
No key input
8. Record of Use check (1)
Page 7
D8 to FF
After setting the clock, set the date of power on next
Using method:
1) The record of use data is displayed at addresses: A2 to AA.
Note: This data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CF-2500 block BT101) is removed.
5-65
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
9. Record of Use check (2)
Page 7
Address A7 to A9
Address
Function
Remarks
A7
Drum rotation counted time Hour (H) 100000 place digit and 10000 place digit (decimal digit)
A8
(BCD code)
Hour (M) 1000 place digit and 100 place digit (decimal digit)
A9
Hour (L) 10 place digit and 1 place digit (decimal digit)
Using method:
1) The record of use data is displayed at addresses: A7 to A9.
Note: This data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CF-2500 block BT101) is removed.
Initializing method:
1) Select page: 7, address: 00, set data: 71, and press PAUSE button.
2) Select page: 7, address: 01, set data: 71, and press PAUSE button.
3) Select page: 7, address: 02, and check the data is “01”.
10. Record of Self-diagnosis check
Page 7
Address B0 to C6
Address
Self-diagnosis code
B0
B1
“Repaired by” code (Occurred 1st time) *1
“Block function” code (Occurred 1st time)
B2
B4
“Detailed” code (Occurred 1st time)
“Repaired by” code (Occurred 2nd time) *1
B5
B6
“Block function” code (Occurred 2nd time)
“Detailed” code (Occurred 2nd time)
B8
B9
“Repaired by” code (Occurred 3rd time) *1
“Block function” code (Occurred 3rd time)
BA
BC
“Detailed” code (Occurred 3rd time)
“Repaired by” code (Occurred 4th time) *1
BD
BE
“Block function” code (Occurred 4th time)
“Detailed” code (Occurred 4th time)
C0
C1
“Repaired by” code (Occurred 5th time) *1
“Block function” code (Occurred 5th time)
C2
C4
“Detailed” code (Occurred 5th time)
“Repaired by” code (Occurred the last time) *1
C5
C6
“Block function” code (Occurred the last time)
“Detailed” code (Occurred the last time)
*1 : “01” → “C”, “03” → “E”
Using method:
1) The past self-diagnosis codes are displayed at addresses: BC to C6. Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION” for detail of the selfdiagnosis code.
Note: This data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CF-2500 block BT101) is removed.
5-66E
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
SECTION 6
REPAIR PARTS LIST
COVER
6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some differences from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
• The mechanical parts with no reference number
in the exploded views are not supplied.
•
Abbreviation
CND : Canadian model
KR
: Korea model
JE
: Tourist model
AUS : Australian model
HK
: Hong Kong model
CH
: Chinese model
EE
: East European model
NE
: North European model
RU
: Russian model
AR
: Argentina model
The components identified by mark 0or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Les composants identifiés par une marque
0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant
le numéro spécifié.
6-1-1. OVERALL SECTION
12
1
13
Cabinet (R) section
(See page 6-5)
1
Cabinet (L) section-1,-2
(See page 6-2,6-3)
1
NY
SO
1
A
11
10
1
8
8
16
1
1
2
9
3
1
A
8
(TRV740 : US/
TRV840 : US)
14
15
1
5
7
6
MIC901
1
Ref. No.
4
Part No.
Description
1
2
3
4
5
3-067-347-01
X-3949-376-1
X-3952-247-1
3-072-279-01
3-072-278-01
MI SCREW M2 (H)
CAP (N) ASSY, LENS
PANEL ASSY (25), F
CUSHION (F), MICROPHONE
HOLDER, MICROPHONE
6
7
8
9
3-072-277-01
3-072-307-01
3-065-567-01
A-7078-047-A
RETAINER, MICROPHONE
SHEET, MICROPHONE
TAPPING (M1.7)
SI-032 BOARD, COMPLETE
Ref. No.
10
11
12
13
14
Part No.
Description
1-683-627-21
3-072-309-01
3-065-326-01
3-072-271-01
3-072-343-01
FP-411 FLEXIBLE BOARD
CUSHION (1), F
CABINET (UPPER)
LID (BT), CPC
COVER, JACK
15
3-072-344-01 RETAINER, JACK COVER
* 16
3-704-367-01 LABEL (TRV740:US/TRV840:US)
MIC901 1-542-477-11 MICROPHONE
6-1
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-2. CABINET (L) SECTION-1
EVF section
(See page 6-4)
68
60
59
Cabinet (L) section-2
(See page 6-3)
51
61
51
51
C
59
51
69
59
D
62
63
57
56
51
51
70
64
55
58
G
F H
E
51
G
F
E
H
I
I
D
52
65
8
-27
VCard
o
B
Mechanism deck
(See page 6-8 to 6-11)
C
AB
51
53
59
54
66
B
67
51
A
51
Lens section
(See page 6-4)
51
51
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
51
52
53
54
55
4-974-725-01
3-072-267-01
3-065-662-01
3-066-169-01
3-072-268-01
SCREW (M1.7X2.5), P
FRAME, MD
LABEL, LS CAUTION
SHEET, MD
FRAME, SHOE
56
57
58
59
60
1-680-118-11
1-815-124-11
3-072-308-01
3-067-347-01
3-072-273-01
FP-264 FLEXIBLE BOARD
CONNECTOR, EXTERNAL (HOT SHOE)
COVER, MD
MI SCREW M2 (H)
HOLDER, MS
61
62
63
1-816-271-11 CONNECTOR, MEMORY STICK 10P
1-683-625-11 FP-409 FLEXIBLE BOARD
1-500-226-11 BEAD, FERRITE
Ref. No.
64
64
64
6-2
Part No.
Description
A-7012-212-A VC-278 (GNA) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(TRV740/TRV840)
A-7012-362-A VC-278 (GPAO) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(TRV738E)
65
66
A-7012-363-A VC-278 (GPA) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(TRV740E)
3-066-759-01 SHEET, VC
1-683-623-11 FP-406 FLEXIBLE BOARD
67
68
69
70
1-683-626-21
3-065-567-01
3-941-343-21
3-075-983-01
FP-410 FLEXIBLE BOARD
TAPPING (M1.7)
TAPE (A)
SHEET (25) 2, M
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-3. CABINET (L) SECTION-2
ns : not supplied
110
107
103
ns
108
BT901
103
104
109
103
111
112
102
106
A
105
ns
ns
114
101
113
103
A
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
101
102
103
104
105
X-3951-159-1
3-052-815-01
3-067-347-01
3-065-308-01
3-978-765-01
CABINET (L) ASSY
BELT (ES), GRIP
MI SCREW M2 (H)
LABEL (L)
SLIDER, G LOCK
106
107
3-713-791-01 SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2
1-476-415-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (SS-1380)
(TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840)
1-476-415-31 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (SS-1380)
(TRV738E)
107
Ref. No.
6-3
Part No.
Description
108
109
110
111
112
4-974-725-01
3-941-343-21
X-3952-148-1
3-072-305-01
3-072-274-01
SCREW (M1.7X2.5), P
TAPE (A)
PANEL ASSY (MS), BATTERY
LID (2500), JACK
SHEET METAL (LOWER), STRAP
113
114
BT901
X-3952-136-1 FRAME ASSY (25), CS
3-065-567-01 TAPPING (M1.7)
1-694-772-11 TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-4. LENS, EVF SECTION
ns : not supplied
170
154
154
169
159
153
152
IC551
M904
LCD903
168
158
155
167
157
166
156
165
162
164
154
163
ns
151
M905
160
154
161
160
Be sure to read “Precautions upon replacing CCD imager”
on page 4-7 when changing the CCD imager.
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
151
152
153
154
155
8-848-754-01
1-758-743-11
3-056-022-01
3-713-791-35
1-758-569-11
DEVICE, LENS LSV-740A
IRIS (IR740)
TAPPING (B1.7X3.5), HEAD
SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2
FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL
Ref. No.
163
164
165
166
167
1-683-624-11
A-7078-049-A
3-065-058-01
3-072-211-01
3-072-210-01
FP-407 FLEXIBLE BOARD
LB-076 BOARD, COMPLETE
GUIDE, LAMP
ILLUMINATOR
SHEET, PRISM
156
157
158
159
160
3-053-973-01
A-7078-109-A
3-318-203-11
1-680-120-11
3-065-567-01
RUBBER (W), SEAL
CD-358 BOARD, COMPLETE
SCREW (B1.7X6), TAPPING
FP-317 FLEXIBLE BOARD
TAPPING (M1.7)
168
169
170
IC551
LCD903
X-3952-214-1
X-3952-142-1
3-065-376-01
A-7012-228-A
8-753-028-49
LENS (B) ASSY, VF
CABINET (UPPER) ASSY, EVF
LABEL (138), B
CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)
LCX032AP-5
161
162
X-3951-165-1 HINGE ASSY, VF
X-3952-143-1 CABINET (LOWER) ASSY, EVF
M904
M905
1-763-806-11 MOTOR, STEPPING Z740A (ZOOM)
1-763-807-11 MOTOR, STEPPING F740A (FOCUS)
6-4
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-5. CABINET (R) SECTION
ns : not supplied
210
209
207
208
ns
202
203
202
202
205
206
204
202
LCD section
(See page 6-6 (TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E),
6-7 (TRV840))
201
: The printed wiring board of the Control switch block (CF-2500) on which BT001 (lithium battery) is mounted, is not shown.
CAUTION :
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
201
202
203
204
205
3-941-343-21
3-948-339-61
1-477-085-21
3-065-373-01
3-072-455-01
TAPE (A)
TAPPING
SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (CF-2500)
SCREW (Y), TRIPOD
RETAINER, TRIPOD
206
207
207
207
207
3-067-347-01
X-3952-140-1
X-3952-146-1
X-3952-186-1
X-3952-253-1
MI SCREW M2 (H)
CABINET R (2) ASSY (TRV740)
CABINET R (2) ASSY (TRV738E)
CABINET R (3) ASSY (TRV840)
CABINET R (2) ASSY (TRV740E)
Ref. No.
208
209
209
210
210
210
6-5
Part No.
Description
3-959-978-02 CUSHION, PANEL
1-477-084-41 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-2500)
(TRV738E)
1-477-084-51 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-2500)
(TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840)
X-3952-141-1 RING (2) ASSY, ORNAMENTAL (TRV740)
X-3952-169-1 RING (2) ASSY, ORNAMENTAL
(TRV738E/TRV740E)
X-3952-187-1 RING (3) ASSY, ORNAMENTAL (TRV840)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-6. LCD SECTION (2.5 INCH LCD MODEL) (TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E)
(TYPE SH)
267
256
261
263
B
A
266
260
265
258
262
B
257
LCD901
259
256
PD
Bo -156
ard /16
0
ND901
A
264
255
253
D902
LCD902
254
LCD901
(TYPE SO)
251
252
TYPE SH :TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU
TYPE SO :TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
251
251
251
252
253
3-072-272-11
3-072-272-21
3-072-272-31
X-3952-197-1
3-072-341-11
WINDOW, LCD (TRV740)
WINDOW, LCD (TRV738E)
WINDOW, LCD (TRV740E)
COVER (2) ASSY (M), CPC
CABINET (C (2)), P
254
255
256
257
1-683-629-11
3-072-286-01
4-974-725-01
A-7078-052-A
257
258
259
260
261
262
Ref. No.
263
264
265
266
267
FP-414 FLEXIBLE BOARD
HOLDER, LCD
SCREW (M1.7X2.5), P
PD-160 (X6)(SO) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TYPE SO MODEL)
A-7078-096-A PD-156 (XC12)(SH) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TYPE SH MODEL)
1-961-556-11
3-318-203-11
3-072-288-11
1-683-628-21
X-3952-147-1
HARNESS (PD-117)
SCREW (B1.7X6), TAPPING
COVER (C), HINGE
FP-412 FLEXIBLE BOARD
HINGE ASSY
Part No.
Description
3-072-287-11
3-072-403-01
X-3952-151-1
3-065-567-01
3-075-098-01
COVER (M), HINGE
FRAME (2), P
P CABINET M (2) ASSY (M)
TAPPING (M1.7)
SHEET (SH), LCD INSULATING
(TYPE SH MODEL)
0 D902
0 ND901
1-518-721-11 LIGHT, BACK
1-518-796-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
(TYPE SO MODEL)
0 ND901 1-518-798-21 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
(TYPE SH MODEL)
LCD901 1-803-853-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST
(TYPE SH MODEL)(Note)
LCD901 8-753-050-65 ACX308AK-1 (TYPE SO MODEL)(Note)
LCD902 A-7012-233-A INDICATION LCD BLOCK ASSY
Note : LCD901 type check is refer to page 5-32 for “1-5-1. LCD
Type Check” of this manual .
6-6
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-7. LCD SECTION (3.5 INCH LCD MODEL) (TRV840)
306
314
C
306
310
C
A
312
315
306
309
308
311
307
LCD901
306
A
PD
Bo -156
ard /16
0
ND901
305
303
D902
313
304
LCD902
302
301
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
301
302
303
304
305
3-072-272-41
X-3952-198-1
X-3952-153-1
1-683-629-11
3-072-286-01
WINDOW, LCD
COVER (3) ASSY (M), CPC
CABINET (C) (3) ASSY (M), P
FP-414 FLEXIBLE BOARD
HOLDER, LCD
306
307
4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7X2.5), P
A-7078-145-A PD-160 (ZS12)(SO) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TYPE SO MODEL)
A-7078-152-A PD-156 (ZC12)(CA) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TYPE CA MODEL)
1-961-556-11 HARNESS (PD-117)
3-072-288-11 COVER (C), HINGE
307
308
309
Ref. No.
310
311
312
313
314
315
0 D902
0 ND901
LCD901
Part No.
Description
1-683-628-21
X-3952-147-1
3-072-287-11
3-072-289-01
X-3952-152-1
FP-412 FLEXIBLE BOARD
HINGE ASSY
COVER (M), HINGE
FRAME (3), P
CABINET (M) (3) ASSY (M), P
3-065-567-01
1-518-721-11
1-517-855-31
1-803-861-31
TAPPING (M1.7)
LIGHT, BACK
TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST
(TYPE CA MODEL)(Note)
LCD901 8-753-051-00 ACX310AK-1 (TYPE SO MODEL)(Note)
LCD902 A-7012-233-A INDICATION LCD BLOCK ASSY
Note : LCD901 type check is refer to page 5-32 for “1-5-1. LCD
Type Check” of this manual .
6-7
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-8. CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY, DRUM ASSY
701
702
701
703
705
706
708
LS chassis block
assembly
(See page 6-9)
M901
704
707
709
712
711
Mechanical chassis block
assembly
(See page 6-10 to 6-11)
710
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
701
702
703
704
705
3-065-932-01
3-065-895-01
3-065-896-01
X-3951-298-1
X-3951-302-1
PAN (2 MAIN M1.4X1.6), CAMERA
LEVER, REEL RELEASE
PLATE, BLIND
CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY
DAMPER ASSY
706
707
X-3951-297-1 GEAR ASSY, R DRIVE
3-065-840-01 CUT (0.98X3X0.13), LUMILER (W)
Ref. No.
6-8
Part No.
Description
708
709
710
711
712
3-065-935-01
3-947-503-01
X-3951-299-1
3-074-309-01
7-624-101-04
HLC CUT 1.8X4X0.5
SCREW (M1.4)
SCREW ASSY, DRUM FITTING
ROLLER A, LS GUIDE
STOP RING 1.2 (E TYPE)
M901
A-7048-951-A DRUM (DKH-04A-R) (SERVICE)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-9. LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY
ns : not supplied
759
757
760
767
S001
764
766
758
768
763
769
765
770
761
762
756
771
755
772
781
752
S002
ns
Q001
775
778
780
776
H001
779
774
D001
H002
LS-057
ns
777
Q002
773
FP-301
ns
FP-300
ns
FP-302
ns
ns
754
753
752
783
751
782
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
751
752
753
754
755
3-065-822-02
3-947-503-01
A-7096-416-B
A-7096-415-A
A-7096-426-A
RAIL (S), GUIDE
SCREW (M1.4)
BASE (S) BLOCK ASSY, GUIDE
BASE (T) BLOCK ASSY, GUIDE
CHASSIS ASSY, LS
Ref. No.
771
772
773
774
775
3-065-830-01
X-3951-288-1
3-065-819-01
3-065-821-01
X-3951-289-1
SPRING, S RATCHET
TABLE (T) ASSY, REEL
SPRING, TG1 ARM
RAIL (T), GUIDE
TABLE (S) ASSY, REEL
756
757
758
759
760
3-065-802-01
A-7096-414-A
3-065-801-01
3-065-932-01
X-3951-303-1
SPRING, TG7 ARM
ARM BLOCK ASSY, TG7
RETAINER, TG7
PAN (2 MAIN M1.4X1.6), CAMERA
ARM ASSY, PINCH
776
777
778
779
780
3-065-833-01
3-065-831-01
X-3951-304-1
3-065-835-01
3-065-820-01
GUIDE, LOCK
PLATE (SPR), RE RETURN
ARM ASSY, TG1
GUIDE (S), CASSETTE
SPRING, RVS ARM
761
762
763
764
765
3-065-823-01
3-065-794-01
3-065-792-01
3-065-834-01
3-065-824-01
ARM, T RATCHET
ROAD (SPR), PINCH ARM
ROLLER, P LIM ARM
GUIDE (T), CASSETTE
SPRING, T RATCHET
781
782
783
D001
H001
X-3951-296-1
3-065-836-01
3-067-167-01
8-719-988-42
8-719-033-37
BAND (ASSY), BT
COVER, LS GREASE
SCREW (M1.4X2), CAMERA TAPPING
DIODE GL453 (TAPE LED)
ELEMENT, HALL HW-105C (T REEL)
766
767
768
769
770
A-7096-417-A
7-627-852-38
3-065-832-01
3-065-828-01
3-065-829-01
SOFT ASSY, T
SCREW,PRECISION +P1.7X1.8TYPE3
PLATE, LS CAM
ARM, S RATCHET
PLATE, S RATCHET (RE)
H002
Q001
Q002
S001
8-719-033-37
8-729-907-25
8-729-907-25
1-692-614-11
ELEMENT, HALL HW-105C (S REEL)
PHOTO TRANSISTOR PT4850F (TAPE TOP)
PHOTO TRANSISTOR PT4850F (TAPE END)
SWITCH, PUSH (3 KEY) (REC PROOF)
6-9
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-10. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1
ns : not supplied
816
811
805
815
819
824
809
817
805
815
810
ns
814
802
807
813
M902
812
815
802
821
820
M903
822
806
823
802
808
818
804
803
Mechanical chassis
block assembly-2
(See page 6-11)
801
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
801
802
803
804
805
A-7096-422-A
3-947-503-01
3-065-928-01
3-065-927-01
3-065-932-01
BASE ASSY, DRUM
SCREW (M1.4)
SPACER, GROUND
GROUND, DRUM
PAN (2 MAIN M1.4X1.6), CAMERA
806
807
808
809
810
3-067-154-01
3-065-931-01
X-3947-398-1
3-065-933-01
1-677-049-11
SPRING, CAPSTAN
RAIL (T2), GUIDE
SCREW ASSY, M1.7 PW
PAN (2 MAIN 1.4X4.5), CAMERA
FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD
811
812
813
1-680-434-11 FP-299 FLEXIBLE BOARD
3-065-877-01 PLATE (T), GUIDE LOCK
X-3951-301-1 PLATE ASSY, PINCH PRESSURE
Ref. No.
6-10
Part No.
Description
814
815
816
817
818
3-065-881-01
3-065-934-01
1-786-096-11
3-065-898-01
3-065-870-01
SPRING, P PRESSURE PLATE
HLW CUT 0.98X3X0.25
SWITCH, ROTARY
SPRING, EJECT ARM
ROLLER, LS GUIDE
819
820
821
822
823
A-7096-421-A
3-065-918-01
A-7096-419-A
3-065-902-01
3-065-905-01
ARM ASSY, HCL
GEAR (2), CAM RELAY
GEAR ASSY, CHANGE
BELT, TIMING
GEAR, RELAY
824
M902
M903
3-065-882-01 ARM, EJECT
8-835-701-01 MOTOR, DC SCE13A/C-NP (CAPSTAN)
A-7096-420-A MOTOR ASSY, LD (LOADING)
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
6-1-11. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2
860
863
861
859
857
862
864
858
865
856
855
853
866
854
852
851
867
868
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
851
852
853
854
855
3-065-920-01
3-065-913-01
3-065-914-01
3-065-917-01
3-065-934-01
ARM, HC DRIVE
GEAR (4), LD
SHEET, COVER
GEAR (1), CAM RELAY
HLW CUT 0.98X3X0.25
856
857
858
859
3-065-915-01
3-065-878-01
3-065-932-01
A-7096-413-A
GEAR (1), CAM
PLATE (S), GUIDE LOCK
PAN (2 MAIN M1.4X1.6), CAMERA
GEAR (S) ASSY, GUIDE
Ref. No.
6-11
Part No.
Description
860
861
862
863
864
7-624-101-04
A-7096-412-A
X-3951-307-1
X-3951-305-1
3-065-901-01
STOP RING 1.2 (E TYPE)
GEAR (T) ASSY, GUIDE
PLATE ASSY, M SLIDE
ARM ASSY, LS
ROLLER, LS ARM
865
866
867
868
3-065-916-01
3-065-919-01
X-3951-308-1
X-3951-300-2
GEAR (2), CAM
ARM, T1 LIMITTER
ARM ASSY, GL
CHASSIS ASSY, MECHANICAL
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
CD-358
LB-076
PD-156
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the
parts list may be different from the parts
specified in the diagrams or the components
used on the set.
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some difference from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
• CAPACITORS:
uF: µF
• COILS
uH: µH
Ref. No.
Part No.
•
•
•
Description
RESISTORS
All resistors are in ohms.
METAL: metal-film resistor
METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor
F: nonflammable
SEMICONDUCTORS
In each case, u: µ, for example:
uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... ,
uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... ,
uPD..., µPD...
Abbreviation
CND : Canadian model
KR
: Korea model
JE
: Tourist model
AUS : Australian model
HK
: Hong Kong model
Ref. No.
Part No.
A-7078-109-A CD-358 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
(IC551 is not included in this complte board.)
When indicating parts by reference number,
please include the board name.
The components identified by mark 0 or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Les composants identifiés par une marque
0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant
le numéro spécifié.
CH
EE
NE
RU
AR
: Chinese model
: East European model
: North European model
: Russian model
: Argentina model
Description
A-7078-049-A LB-076 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
< CAPACITOR >
< CAPACITOR >
C702
C551
C553
C554
C556
1-164-004-11
1-107-826-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
16V
10V
10V
C557
C559
C561
C562
C563
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-113-992-11
1-104-851-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
3.3uF
10uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
10V
10V
35V
10V
16V
C564
C565
C567
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-135-259-11 TANTAL. CHIP
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
10uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
10%
16V
6.3V
16V
1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP
16V
< CONNECTOR >
CN701
CN702
1-779-334-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 20P
1-573-356-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 16P
< DIODE >
D701
D702
8-719-082-33 DIODE NSCW100-T38
8-719-074-30 DIODE SML-310LTT86
< IC >
IC701
8-759-581-11 IC NJM2125F(TE2)
< CONNECTOR >
CN551
2.2uF
< TRANSISTOR >
1-779-336-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 24P
Q701
Q702
8-759-054-48 TRANSISTOR
8-729-054-45 TRANSISTOR
UP04601008S0
UP04312008S0
< FERRITE BEAD >
< RESISTOR >
FB551
1-414-445-11 FERRITE
0uH
R701
R702
R703
R704
R706
< IC >
IC551
IC552
A-7012-228-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)
6-701-755-01 IC AD80017AJRURL
< COIL >
L551
L552
1-469-528-91 INDUCTOR
1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR
8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
33K
180K
3.3K
22
33K
0.5%
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
R707
1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP
6.8K
5%
1/10W
************************************************************
100uH
10uH
A-7078-096-A PD-156 (XC12)(SH) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
**************************************
A-7078-152-A PD-156 (ZC12)(CA) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TRV840)
************************************
< TRANSISTOR >
Q551
1-218-883-11
1-218-901-11
1-216-827-11
1-211-977-11
1-216-839-11
UN9213J-(TX).SO
< RESISTOR >
< CAPACITOR >
R552
1-218-990-11 SHORT
0
R553
1-218-990-11 SHORT
0
************************************************************
Be sure to read “Precautions upon replacing CCD imager”
on page 4-7 when changing the CCD imager.
6-12
C5501
C5504
C5505
C5506
C5507
1-127-760-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
6.3V
16V
16V
16V
16V
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
PD-156
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
C5509
C5510
C5511
C5512
C5513
1-110-457-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-739-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
C5514
C5515
C5516
C5517
1-135-259-11 TANTAL. CHIP
10uF
20%
6.3V
1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10%
50V
1-164-870-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF
5%
50V
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-164-872-11 CERAMIC CHIP 82PF
5%
50V
(TRV840)
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
10%
16V
C5518
C5519
C5520
C5521
C5524
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-115-407-11
1-127-573-11
1-127-573-11
C5527
C5528
1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
16V
1-135-177-21 TANTALUM CHIP 1uF
20%
20V
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
16V
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
16V
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-164-657-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10%
50V
C5516
C5530
C5531
C5603
Ref. No.
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
3.3uF
0.01uF
560PF
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
1uF
1uF
20%
10%
5%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
10%
25V
16V
50V
10V
16V
IC5602
IC5701
Part No.
Description
8-759-075-70 IC TA75S393F-TE85R
8-759-573-02 IC BU9735K-E2
< COIL >
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
L5501
L5502
L5503
1-469-527-91 INDUCTOR
1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR
1-412-949-21 INDUCTOR
L5503
L5601
47uH
10uH (TRV840)
6.8uH
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-412-950-11 INDUCTOR
8.2uH (TRV840)
1-419-387-11 INDUCTOR
100uH
L5602
1-412-056-11 INDUCTOR
4.7uH
< TRANSISTOR >
Q5502
Q5601
8-729-041-23 TRANSISTOR
MGSF1P02LT1
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-759-054-48 TRANSISTOR
UP04601008S0
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-759-054-48 TRANSISTOR
UP04601008S0
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-729-052-64 TRANSISTOR
DTC144EHT2L
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-729-052-64 TRANSISTOR
DTC144EHT2L
Q5604
6-550-065-01 TRANSISTOR
Q5503
Q5504
Q5505
CPH5504-TL-E
< RESISTOR >
C5604
C5605
0 C5606
C5607
C5701
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-131-959-91
1-115-566-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
12PF
4.7uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
3KV
10V
10V
R5501
R5503
R5505
R5506
R5507
1-218-985-11
1-208-933-11
1-218-967-11
1-218-958-11
1-218-973-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
470K
82K
15K
2.7K
47K
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5508
R5509
R5510
R5511
R5512
1-218-975-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-975-11
1-218-989-11
1-218-977-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
68K
22K
68K
1M
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5513
1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP
R5514
R5515
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-990-11 SHORT
R5516
1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP
R5516
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
R5517
1-218-978-11 RES-CHIP
R5518
R5519
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-990-11 SHORT
R5520
R5521
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP
R5522
1-218-963-11 RES-CHIP
R5522
1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP
R5523
R5525
R5528
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-990-11 SHORT
< CONNECTOR >
CN5501
* CN5502
CN5601
CN5701
CN5702
1-815-031-11
1-573-984-11
1-764-709-11
1-794-998-31
1-816-176-11
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 24P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 10P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 10P
PIN, CONNECTOR 20P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 6P
CN5703 1-816-178-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 20P
CN5704 1-778-508-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P
CN5705 1-766-759-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 4P
< DIODE >
D5502
D5503
D5601
8-719-084-47 DIODE 1SV290(TPL3)
8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB5501 1-414-760-21 FERRITE
FB5502 1-414-760-21 FERRITE
FB5503 1-414-760-21 FERRITE
0uH
0uH
0uH
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
< IC >
IC5501
IC5501
IC5502
IC5502
IC5601
8-752-102-40 IC CXA3592R-T4
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-759-660-92 IC RB5P003AM1 (TRV840)
8-759-714-77 IC LZ9FF474
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
8-759-833-18 IC CM7021L3-E2 (TRV840)
8-759-564-49 IC TC7W53FU(TE12R)
6-13
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
1M
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
0 (TRV840)
0
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
5.6K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
10K
5%
1/16W
(TRV840)
120K
5%
1/16W
(TRV840)
0 (TRV840)
0
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
0 (TRV840)
47K
5%
1/16W
6.8K
5%
1/16W
(TRV840)
2.2K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
0
0 (TRV840)
0 (TRV840)
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
PD-156
Ref. No.
PD-160
Part No.
Description
R5529
R5530
R5531
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-980-11 RES-CHIP
R5532
1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP
R5533
1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP
R5534
R5540
1-218-990-11 SHORT
1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP
Ref. No.
0 (TRV840)
0 (TRV840)
180K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
100K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1M
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
R5601
R5602
0
100K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP
100K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP
1.8K
5%
1/10W
1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP
100K
5%
1/16W
R5603
R5606
R5607
R5612
R5613
1-218-966-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-949-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
R5613
1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP
18K
5%
R5704
1-218-987-11 RES-CHIP
680K
5%
R5541
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
12K
5%
1/16W
22K
5%
1/16W
470
5%
1/16W
10K
5%
1/16W
10K
5%
1/16W
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
C5516
Part No.
Description
C5517
C5518
C5519
1-164-872-11 CERAMIC CHIP 82PF
5%
50V
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF
5%
50V
(TRV840)
1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF
10%
10V
1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF
10%
10V
1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF
10%
10V
C5532
C5533
C5534
C5536
C5538
1-109-982-11
1-115-566-11
1-109-982-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
4.7uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
16V
C5540
C5602
C5604
C5605
C5606
1-107-826-11
1-115-566-11
1-164-657-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
4.7uF
0.015uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
10V
50V
10V
10V
12PF
0.1uF
10%
10%
3KV
10V
C5516
0 C5607
C5701
1-131-959-91 CERAMIC CHIP
1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP
< CONNECTOR >
1/16W
(TRV840)
1/16W
< COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK >
CN5501
* CN5502
CN5601
CN5701
CN5702
RB5501 1-234-372-21 RES, NETWORK 100X4
(1005)
RB5502 1-234-384-11 RES, NETWORK 1MX4
(1005)
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
RB5503 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10KX4
(1005)
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-815-031-11
1-573-984-11
1-764-709-11
1-794-998-31
1-816-176-11
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 24P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 10P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 10P
PIN, CONNECTOR 20P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 6P
CN5703 1-816-178-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 20P
CN5704 1-778-508-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P
CN5705 1-766-759-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 4P
< DIODE >
< TRANSFORMER >
0 T5601
0 T5601
1-435-785-11 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER (TRV840)
1-435-227-11 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
************************************************************
A-7078-052-A PD-160 (X6)(SO) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
**************************************
A-7078-145-A PD-160 (ZS12)(SO) BOARD, COMPLETE
(TRV840)
**************************************
D5502
D5503
D5601
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB5502 1-414-760-21 FERRITE
FB5504 1-414-760-21 FERRITE
1-127-760-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
6.3V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C5509
C5510
C5511
C5512
C5515
1-110-457-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-739-11
1-125-777-11
1-162-964-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
3.3uF
0.01uF
560PF
0.1uF
0.001uF
20%
10%
5%
10%
10%
25V
16V
50V
10V
50V
0uH
0uH
< IC >
IC5501
IC5502
IC5502
IC5601
IC5602
8-752-100-95 IC CXA3289AR-T4
8-752-407-33 IC CXD3512R-T4
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
8-752-409-15 IC CXD3516R-T4 (TRV840)
8-759-564-49 IC TC7W53FU(TE12R)
8-759-075-70 IC TA75S393F-TE85R
IC5701
8-759-573-02 IC BU9735K-E2
< CAPACITOR >
C5501
C5504
C5505
C5506
C5507
8-719-084-47 DIODE 1SV290(TPL3)
8-719-050-42 DIODE RD3.3UM-T1B
8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
< COIL >
L5501
L5505
L5505
L5601
L5602
6-14
1-469-527-91 INDUCTOR
1-412-949-21 INDUCTOR
1-412-956-21 INDUCTOR
47uH
6.8uH (TRV840)
27uH
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
1-419-387-21 INDUCTOR
100uH
1-412-056-11 INDUCTOR
4.7uH
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
PD-160
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Ref. No.
< TRANSISTOR >
8-759-054-48
8-729-052-65
8-729-041-23
8-729-052-64
8-759-054-48
Q5601
Q5602
8-729-052-64 TRANSISTOR
DTC144EHT2L
6-550-083-01 TRANSISTOR
TPC6C01(TE85R)
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
6-550-065-01 TRANSISTOR
CPH5504-TL-E
UP04601008S0
2SA1774HT2L
NDS356AP
DTC144EHT2L
UP04601008S0
< CAPACITOR >
C305
C310
C311
C312
C314
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-104-847-11
1-104-847-11
1-162-969-11
C315
1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP
< RESISTOR >
R5501
R5503
R5506
R5507
R5508
R5509
R5510
R5511
R5512
1-218-975-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-975-11
1-218-989-11
1-218-977-11
R5522
1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP
R5522
1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP
R5551
R5572
R5573
1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
R5574
R5575
R5576
R5577
R5579
1-208-957-11
1-218-975-11
1-218-989-11
1-218-985-11
1-218-979-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
820K
68K
1M
470K
150K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5590
R5609
R5610
R5611
R5612
1-218-990-11
1-218-965-11
1-216-055-00
1-218-980-11
1-218-969-11
SHORT
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
10K
1.8K
180K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R5614
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
R5614
1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP
R5617
R5618
R5704
1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-987-11 RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
22uF
22uF
0.0068uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
16V
16V
4V
4V
25V
0.0068uF 10%
25V
< CONNECTOR >
1/16W
1/16W
(TRV840)
1-208-935-11 METAL CHIP
100K
0.5% 1/16W
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
1-218-958-11 RES-CHIP
2.7K
5%
1/16W
1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP
47K
5%
1/16W
R5503
1-218-985-11 RES-CHIP
1-208-933-11 METAL CHIP
Description
A-7078-047-A SI-032 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
Q5503
Q5504
Q5505
Q5506
Q5508
Q5604
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
Part No.
SI-032
470K
82K
68K
22K
68K
1M
100K
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
CN301
CN302
CN304
1-764-526-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 18P
1-816-232-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 4P
1-779-339-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 30P
< DIODE >
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
22K
5%
1/16W
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
47K
5%
1/16W
(TRV840)
47K
5%
1/16W
10K
5%
1/16W
10K
5%
1/16W
D301
D302
D303
D304
D306
8-719-067-44
8-719-067-44
8-719-062-16
8-719-056-85
8-719-074-30
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
CL-310IRS-X-TU
CL-310IRS-X-TU
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
UDZSTE-178.2B
SML-310LTT86
D309
D313
8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)
8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB301
FB302
1-414-760-21 FERRITE
1-414-760-21 FERRITE
0uH
0uH
< IC >
IC301
6-701-681-01 IC NJL61H400A
< TRANSISTOR >
Q301
8-729-141-73 TRANSISTOR
2SD1938(F)-S(TX).SO
< RESISTOR >
R301
R307
R316
R319
R320
10K
5%
1/16W
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
18K
5%
1/16W
(TRV840)
22K
5%
1/16W
470
5%
1/16W
680K
5%
1/16W
1-216-810-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-019-00
1-216-019-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
120
0
470
56
56
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
< SENSOR >
SE301
SE302
1-803-042-31 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (PITCH)
(SERVICE)
1-803-042-41 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (YAW)
(SERVICE)
< COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK >
< VARISTOR >
RB5501 1-234-372-21 RES, NETWORK 100X4
(1005)
< TRANSFORMER >
0 T5601
1-435-227-11 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER
(TRV740/TRV740E:E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
0 T5601 1-435-785-11 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER (TRV840)
************************************************************
VDR301 1-801-923-11 VARISTOR, CHIP
VDR302 1-801-923-11 VARISTOR, CHIP
VDR303 1-801-923-11 VARISTOR, CHIP
************************************************************
6-15
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
VC-278
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Ref. No.
A-7012-212-A VC-278 (GNA) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(TRV740/TRV840)
**************************************
A-7012-362-A VC-278 (GPAO) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(TRV738E)
*************************************
A-7012-363-A VC-278 (GPA) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(TRV740E)
**************************************
************************************************************
6-16
Part No.
Description
Electrical parts list of the VC-278 board
are not shown.
Pages from 6-17 to 6-25 are not shown.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
************************************************************
ACCESSORIES
************
0
0
0
0
0
0
6-26
1-475-141-61 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-814)
1-475-599-11 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-L10)
(TRV738E/TRV740:US,CND,E,JE/
TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU,E,HK,AUS,JE/TRV840)
1-475-599-71 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-L10) (TRV740:KR)
1-475-599-81 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-L10) (TRV740E:CH)
1-569-007-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P
(TRV740:JE/TRV740E:JE)
1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P
(TRV740:E/TRV740E:E,HK/TRV840:E)
1-573-291-11 CONNECTOR, CONVERSION 21P
(TRV738E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU)
1-696-819-11 CORD, POWER (TRV740E:AUS)
1-757-293-21 CORD, CONNECTION (USB 5P)
1-765-080-11 CORD, CONNECTION (AV CABLE) (1.5m)
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
Ref. No.
Part No.
0
1-769-608-11 CORD, POWER
(TRV738E/TRV740:E/TRV740E:AEP,EE,NE,RU,E/TRV840:E,AR)
1-776-985-11 CORD, POWER (TRV740:KR)
1-782-476-11 CORD, POWER (TRV740E:CH)
1-783-374-11 CORD, POWER (TRV740E:HK)
1-790-107-22 CORD, POWER
(TRV740:US,CND/TRV840:US,CND)
0
0
0
0
0
Description
1-790-732-11 CORD, POWER (TRV740:JE/TRV740E:JE)
3-072-414-01 SPVD-008 (CD-ROM USB DRIVER)
(TRV738E/TRV740:E,JE,KR/TRV740E/TRV840:E,AR)
3-072-650-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(TRV740:US,CND,E,JE/TRV840)
3-072-650-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)
(TRV740:CND/TRV840:CND)
3-072-650-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (TRV740:E,JE/TRV840:E,AR)
3-072-650-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (TRV740:E)
3-072-650-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) (TRV740:E)
3-072-650-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN)
(TRV740:JE,KR)
3-072-651-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH/RUSSIAN)
(TRV740E:RU,E,HK,AUS,CH,JE)
3-072-651-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH/GERMAN)
(TRV740E:AEP,E,JE)
3-072-651-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC/PERSIAN)
(TRV740E:E)
3-072-651-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (TRV740E:HK)
3-072-651-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) (TRV740E:E,CH,JE)
3-072-651-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH DUTCH)
(TRV740E:AEP)
3-072-651-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (TRV740E:AEP)
3-072-651-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN/GREEK)
(TRV740E:AEP)
3-072-651-91 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH/SWEDISH)
(TRV740E:NE)
3-072-652-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH/FINNISH)
(TRV740E:NE)
3-072-652-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLISH/CZECH)
(TRV740E:EE)
3-072-652-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(HUNGARIAN/SLOVAKIAN) (TRV740E:EE)
3-072-653-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH/GERMAN)
(TRV738E:AEP)
3-072-653-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH DUTCH)
(TRV738E:AEP)
3-072-653-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (TRV738E:AEP)
3-072-653-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN/GREEK)
(TRV738E:AEP)
3-072-654-01 SPVD-008 (I)
(TRV740:US,CND/TRV840:US,CND)
3-742-854-01 LID, BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-814)
3-987-015-01 BELT (S), SHOULDER
X-3949-376-1 CAP (N) ASSY, LENS
NP-FM50 BATTERY PACK (NOT SUPPLIED)
6-27E
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
Note :
Les composants identifiés par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
〈FOR
CAMERA COLOR REPRODUCTION ADJUSTMENT〉
For NTSC model
DCR-TRV740/TRV840
Take a copy of CAMERA COLOR
REPRODUCTION FRAME with
a clear sheet for use.
✂
For PAL model
✂
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740E
— 181 —
DCR-TRV738E/TRV740/TRV740E/TRV840
9-929-938-31
Sony EMCS Co.
— 182 —
2002C1600-1
©2002.3
Published by DI Customer Center
Reverse
992993831.pdf
Revision History
Ver.
Date
1.0
2002.03
History
Official Release
Contents
—
S.M. Rev.
issued
—
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising